Novell GROUPWISE 7 ADMINISTRATION GUIDE

GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

Novell
GroupWise®

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

7

March 14, 2008

www.novell.com

ADMINISTRATION GUIDE

Legal Notices

Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents or use of this documentation, and
specifically disclaims any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose.
Further, Novell, Inc. reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes to its content, at any time,
without obligation to notify any person or entity of such revisions or changes.

Further, Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to any software, and specifically disclaims
any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Novell, Inc.
reserves the right to make changes to any and all parts of Novell software, at any time, without any obligation to
notify any person or entity of such changes.

Any products or technical information provided under this Agreement may be subject to U.S. export controls and the
trade laws of other countries. You agree to comply with all export control regulations and to obtain any required
licenses or classification to export, re-export, or import deliverables. You agree not to export or re-export to entities
on the current U.S. export exclusion lists or to any embargoed or terrorist countries as specified in the U.S. export
laws. You agree to not use deliverables for prohibited nuclear, missile, or chemical biological weaponry end uses. See
the Novell International Trade Services Web page (http://www.novell.com/info/exports/) for more information on
exporting Novell software. Novell assumes no responsibility for your failure to obtain any necessary export
approvals.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Copyright © 2003-2008 Novell, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, photocopied,
stored on a retrieval system, or transmitted without the express written consent of the publisher.

Novell, Inc. has intellectual property rights relating to technology embodied in the product that is described in this
document. In particular, and without limitation, these intellectual property rights may include one or more of the U.S.
patents listed on the Novell Legal Patents Web page (http://www.novell.com/company/legal/patents/) and one or
more additional patents or pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other countries.

Novell, Inc.
404 Wyman Street, Suite 500
Waltham, MA 02451
U.S.A.
www.novell.com

Online Documentation: To access the online documentation for this and other Novell products, and to get

updates, see the Novell Documentation Web site (http://www.novell.com/documentation).

Novell Trademarks

For Novell trademarks, see the Novell Trademark and Service Mark list (http://www.novell.com/company/legal/

trademarks/tmlist.html).

Third-Party Materials

All third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Contents

About This Guide 33

Part I System 35

1 GroupWise System Administration 37

2 ConsoleOne Administration Tool 39

2.1 ConsoleOne on Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

2.1.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

2.1.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

2.2 ConsoleOne on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

2.2.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

2.2.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

2.3 ConsoleOne in a Multiple-Platform Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

3 GroupWise View 43

3.1 eDirectory View vs. GroupWise View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

3.2 GroupWise Object Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

3.3 Customizing the GroupWise View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

3.3.1 Changing the Column Display and Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

3.3.2 Changing the Column Widths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

3.4 Searching in the GroupWise View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

3.5 Performing Administrative Tasks from the GroupWise View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

4 GroupWise System Operations 51

4.1 Select Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

4.2 System Preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

4.2.1 Admin Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

4.2.2 Routing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

4.2.3 External Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

4.2.4 Nickname Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

4.2.5 Default Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

4.2.6 Admin Lockout Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

4.2.7 Linux Settings (Linux ConsoleOne Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

4.3 eDirectory User Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

4.4 Admin-Defined Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

4.5 Pending Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

4.6 Addressing Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

4.7 Time Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

4.7.1 Modifying a Time Zone Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

4.7.2 Adding a Time Zone Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

4.7.3 Deleting a Time Zone Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

4.8 External System Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

4.9 Software Directory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

4.9.1 Creating a Software Distribution Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

4.9.2 Updating a Software Distribution Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Contents 5

4.9.3 Deleting a Software Distribution Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

4.10 Restore Area Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

4.11 Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

4.12 Trusted Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

4.12.1 Creating a Key for a Trusted Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

4.12.2 Configuring a Trusted Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

4.12.3 Deleting a Trusted Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

4.13 LDAP Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

4.14 Global Signatures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

5 GroupWise Utilities 73

5.1 Mailbox/Library Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

5.2 System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5.3 Backup/Restore Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5.4 Recover Deleted Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5.5 Client Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5.6 Expired Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

5.7 Email Address Lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

5.8 Synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

5.9 User Move Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

5.10 Link Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

5.11 Document Properties Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

5.12 Import/Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

5.13 New System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

5.14 Check eDirectory Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

5.15 Gateway Alias Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

5.16 GW / eDirectory Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

5.16.1 Graft GroupWise Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

5.16.2 Invalid Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

5.16.3 Associate Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

5.16.4 Disassociate GroupWise Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

5.16.5 Convert External Entity to User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

5.16.6 Convert User to External Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

5.17 Standalone GroupWise Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

5.17.1 GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

5.17.2 GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

5.17.3 GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

5.17.4 GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

5.17.5 GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

5.17.6 GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

6 GroupWise Address Book 85

6.1 Customizing Address Book Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

6.1.1 Adding eDirectory Fields to the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

6.1.2 Adding LDAP Fields to the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

6.1.3 Changing the Default Sort Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

6.1.4 Removing Fields from the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

6.1.5 Preventing the User Description Field from Displaying in the Address Book . . . . . . 89

6.2 Controlling Object Visibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

6.3 Supporting Messenger Presence Display in GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

6.4 Updating Address Book Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

6.4.1 Synchronizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

6.4.2 Rebuilding the Post Office Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

6 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

6.5 Controlling Address Book Synchronization for Remote Client Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

6.6 Enabling Wildcard Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

6.6.1 Setting Wildcard Addressing Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

6.6.2 Wildcard Addressing Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

6.7 Adding External Users to the GroupWise Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

6.7.1 Creating a Non-GroupWise Domain to Represent the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

6.7.2 Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

6.7.3 Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an Internet Host. . . . . . . . . . . 98

6.7.4 Creating External Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.8 Facilitating Addressing through GroupWise Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

6.8.1 Creating an Addressing Rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

6.8.2 Enabling an Addressing Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

7 Multilingual GroupWise Systems 105

7.1 Client Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

7.2 Administration Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

7.3 International Character Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

7.4 Multi-Language Workstations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Part II Domains 109

8 Creating a New Domain 111

8.1 Understanding the Purpose of Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

8.2 Planning a New Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

8.2.1 Determining When to Add a New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

8.2.2 Deciding Who Will Administer the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

8.2.3 Planning Post Offices in the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

8.2.4 Determining the Context for the Domain Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

8.2.5 Choosing the Domain Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

8.2.6 Deciding Where to Create the Domain Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

8.2.7 Deciding Where to Install the Agent Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

8.2.8 Deciding How to Link the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

8.2.9 Selecting the Domain Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

8.2.10 Selecting the Domain Time Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

8.3 Setting Up the New Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

8.3.1 Creating the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

8.3.2 Configuring the MTA for the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

8.3.3 Installing and Starting the New MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

8.4 What’s Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

8.5 Domain Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

9 Managing Domains 127

9.1 Connecting to a Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

9.2 Editing Domain Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

9.3 Converting a Secondary Domain to a Primary Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

9.4 Moving a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

9.5 Deleting a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

9.6 Changing MTA Configuration to Meet Domain Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Contents 7

10 Managing the Links between Domains and Post Offices 137

10.1 Understanding Link Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

10.1.1 Domain-to-Domain Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

10.1.2 Domain-to-Post Office Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

10.1.3 Link Protocols for Direct Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

10.2 Using the Link Configuration Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

10.2.1 Starting the Link Configuration Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

10.2.2 Editing a Domain Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

10.2.3 Editing Multiple Domain Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

10.2.4 Editing a Post Office Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

10.2.5 Viewing the Path of an Indirect Link between Domains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

10.2.6 Viewing the Indirect Links Passing through a Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

10.2.7 Viewing the Gateway Links Passing through a Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

10.2.8 Saving and Synchronizing Link Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

10.3 Interpreting Link Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

10.3.1 Link Type Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

10.3.2 Link Status Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

10.4 Modifying Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Part III Post Offices 153

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

11 Creating a New Post Office 155

11.1 Understanding the Purpose of Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

11.2 Planning a New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

11.2.1 Determining When to Add a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

11.2.2 Selecting the Domain That the Post Office Will Belong To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

11.2.3 Determining the Context for the Post Office Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

11.2.4 Choosing the Post Office Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

11.2.5 Deciding Where to Create the Post Office Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

11.2.6 Deciding Where to Install the Agent Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

11.2.7 Deciding How to Link the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

11.2.8 Selecting the Post Office Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

11.2.9 Selecting the Post Office Time Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

11.2.10 Selecting a Software Distribution Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

11.2.11 Selecting a Post Office Security Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

11.2.12 Deciding if You Want to Create a Library for the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

11.3 Setting Up the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

11.3.1 Creating the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

11.3.2 Configuring the POA for the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

11.3.3 Installing and Starting the New POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

11.3.4 Setting Up User Access to the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

11.4 What’s Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

11.5 Post Office Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

12 Managing Post Offices 175

12.1 Connecting to the Domain That Owns a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

12.2 Editing Post Office Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

12.3 Managing Disk Space Usage in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

12.3.1 Preparing to Implement Disk Space Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

12.3.2 Setting Mailbox Size Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

12.3.3 Enforcing Mailbox Size Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

12.3.4 Restricting the Size of Messages That Users Can Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

12.3.5 Preventing the Post Office from Running Out of Disk Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

8 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

12.3.6 An Alternative to Disk Space Management in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

12.3.7 Forcing Caching Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

12.4 Auditing Mailbox License Usage in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

12.5 Tracking and Restricting Client Access to the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

12.6 Refreshing the Client View Files in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

12.7 Disabling a Post Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

12.8 Moving a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

12.9 Deleting a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

12.10 Changing POA Configuration to Meet Post Office Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Part IV Users 201

13 Creating GroupWise Accounts 203

13.1 Establishing a Default Password for All New GroupWise Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

13.2 Creating GroupWise Accounts for eDirectory Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

13.2.1 Creating a Single GroupWise Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

13.2.2 Creating Multiple GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

13.2.3 Using a Template to Create GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

13.2.4 Creating GroupWise Accounts by Importing Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

13.3 Creating GroupWise Accounts for Non-eDirectory Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

13.4 Educating Your New Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

14 Managing GroupWise Accounts and Users 217

14.1 Adding a User to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

14.2 Allowing Users to Modify Distribution Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

14.3 Adding a Global Signature to Users’ Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

14.3.1 Creating Global Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

14.3.2 Selecting a Default Global Signature for All Outgoing Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

14.3.3 Assigning Global Signatures to Internet Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

14.3.4 Assigning Global Signatures to Windows Client Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221

14.3.5 Excluding Global Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

14.4 Moving GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

14.4.1 Live Move vs. File Transfer Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

14.4.2 Moves Between GroupWise 6.x or Later Post Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

14.4.3 Moves Between GroupWise 6.x or Later and GroupWise 5.x Post Offices. . . . . . . 223

14.4.4 Preparing for a User Move. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

14.4.5 Moving a GroupWise Account to Another Post Office in the Same eDirectory Tree 225

14.4.6 Moving a GroupWise Account to Another Post Office in a Dif ferent e Direc tory

Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

14.4.7 Monitoring User Move Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

14.5 Renaming Users and Their GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

14.6 Managing Mailbox Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

14.6.1 Creating or Changing a Mailbox Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

14.6.2 Removing a Mailbox Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

14.6.3 Bypassing the GroupWise Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

14.7 Managing E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

14.7.1 Ensuring Unique E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

14.7.2 Changing a User’s Internet Addressing Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

14.7.3 Changing a User’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

14.7.4 Creating a Nickname for a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

14.8 Checking GroupWise Account Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

14.9 Disabling and Enabling GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

14.10 Removing GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Contents 9

14.10.1 Deleting a GroupWise Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

14.10.2 Expiring a GroupWise Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

14.10.3 Managing Expired or Expiring GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Part V Resources 247

15 Creating Resources 249

15.1 Understanding Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

15.1.1 Resource Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

15.1.2 Resource Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

15.1.3 Resource Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

15.1.4 Resource Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

15.2 Planning Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

15.3 Creating a New Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

16 Managing Resources 253

16.1 Changing a Resource’s Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

16.2 Adding a Resource to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

16.3 Moving a Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

16.4 Renaming a Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

16.5 Deleting a Resource. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

16.6 Managing E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

16.6.1 Changing a Resource’s Internet Addressing Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

16.6.2 Changing a Resource’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

16.6.3 Creating a Nickname for a Resource. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Part VI Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles 261

17 Understanding Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles 263

17.1 Public vs. Personal Address Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

17.2 Distribution Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

17.3 eDirectory Groups and Organizational Roles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

18 Creating and Managing Distribution Lists 265

18.1 Creating a New Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

18.2 Adding Members to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

18.3 Removing Members from a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

18.4 Moving a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

18.5 Renaming a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

18.6 Enabling Users to Modify a Distribution List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

18.7 Deleting a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

18.8 Managing E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

18.8.1 Changing a Distribution List’s Internet Addressing Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

18.8.2 Changing a Distribution List’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

18.8.3 Creating a Nickname for a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

18.9 Adding External Users to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

18.9.1 Creating an External Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

18.9.2 Creating an External Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

18.9.3 Creating an External User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

10 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

19 Using eDirectory Groups as GroupWise Distribution Lists 279

19.1 Setting Up an eDirectory Group for Use in GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

19.2 Seeing Which Members of an eDirectory Group Have GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

19.3 Changing a Group’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

19.4 Moving a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

19.5 Renaming a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

19.6 Removing a Group from GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

20 Using eDirectory Organizational Roles as GroupWise Distribution Lists 285

20.1 Setting Up an Organizational Role for Use in GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

20.2 Seeing Which Members of an Organizational Role Have GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . 286

20.3 Changing an Organizational Role’s Visibility in the Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

20.4 Moving an Organizational Role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

20.5 Renaming an Organizational Role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

20.6 Removing an Organizational Role from GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Part VII Libraries and Documents 291

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

21 Document Management Services Overview 293

21.1 Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

21.2 Document Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

21.3 Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

21.3.1 Document Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

21.3.2 Document Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

21.4 Integrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

22 Creating and Managing Libraries 299

22.1 Planning a Basic Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

22.1.1 Selecting the Post Office That the Library Will Belong To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

22.1.2 Determining the Context for the Library Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

22.1.3 Choosing the Library Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

22.1.4 Deciding Where to Store Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

22.2 Setting Up a Basic Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

22.2.1 Creating the Basic Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

22.3 Planning Full-Service Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

22.3.1 Deciding Which Libraries to Create . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

22.3.2 Selecting the Post Offices To Own Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

22.3.3 Determining the Contexts for Library Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

22.3.4 Choosing Library Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

22.3.5 Deciding Where to Store Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

22.3.6 Setting Document Version Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

22.3.7 Figuring Maximum Archive Directory Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

22.3.8 Designating Initial Librarians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

22.3.9 Restricting Initial Public Library Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

22.3.10 Determining Your Indexing Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

22.3.11 Determining If You Need to Set Up Integrations for DMS Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

22.4 Setting Up a Full-Service Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

22.4.1 Creating the Full-Service Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

22.4.2 What’s Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

22.5 Viewing a New Library in Your GroupWise System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

22.5.1 Seeing the New Library in ConsoleOne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Contents 11

22.5.2 Seeing the New Library in the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

22.6 Managing Libraries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

22.6.1 Editing Library Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

22.6.2 Managing Document Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

22.6.3 Managing Library Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

22.6.4 Adding and Training Librarians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

22.6.5 Maintaining Library Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

22.6.6 Moving a Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

22.6.7 Deleting a Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

22.7 Library Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

22.7.1 Basic Library Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

22.7.2 Full-Service Library Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

23 Creating and Managing Documents 335

23.1 Adding Documents to Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

23.1.1 Creating New Documents in the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

23.1.2 Importing Existing Documents into the GroupWise DMS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336

23.1.3 Managing Groups of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

23.2 Organizing Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

23.2.1 Customizing Document Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

23.2.2 Defining Related Document Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

23.3 Indexing Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

23.3.1 Understanding DMS Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

23.3.2 Determining Your Indexing Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

23.3.3 Implementing Indexing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

23.4 Managing Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

23.4.1 Archiving and Deleting Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

23.4.2 Backing Up and Restoring Archived Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

23.4.3 Handling Orphaned Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

24 Integrations 363

24.1 Setting Up Integrations during Windows Client Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

24.2 Setting Up Integrations Using the gwappint.inf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

24.2.1 Understanding the Three Levels of Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

24.2.2 Understanding the gwappint.inf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

24.2.3 Editing the gwappint.inf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

24.3 Controlling Integrations in the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Part VIII Databases 371

25 Understanding GroupWise Databases 373

25.1 Domain Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

25.2 Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

25.3 User Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

25.4 Message Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

25.5 Library Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

25.6 Guardian Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

26 Maintaining Domain and Post Office Databases 377

26.1 Validating Domain or Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

26.2 Recovering Domain or Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

12 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

26.3 Rebuilding Domain or Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381

26.4 Rebuilding Database Indexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

27 Maintaining User/Resource and Message Databases 385

27.1 Analyzing and Fixing User and Message Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

27.2 Performing a Structural Rebuild of a User Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

27.3 Re-creating a User Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

28 Maintaining Library Databases and Documents 391

28.1 Analyzing and Fixing Databases for Libraries and Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

28.2 Analyzing and Fixing Library and Document Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

29 Synchronizing Database Information 395

29.1 Synchronizing Individual Users or Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395

29.2 Synchronizing a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

29.3 Synchronizing a Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

29.4 Synchronizing a Secondary Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397

29.5 Synchronizing the Primary Domain from a Secondary Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

30 Managing Database Disk Space 399

30.1 Gathering Mailbox Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

30.2 Reducing the Size of User and Message Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

30.3 Reclaiming Disk Space in Domain and Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

30.4 Reducing the Size of Libraries and Document Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

30.4.1 Archiving and Deleting Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

30.4.2 Deleting Activity Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405

31 Backing Up GroupWise Databases 407

31.1 Backing Up a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

31.2 Backing Up a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

31.3 Backing Up a Library and Its Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

31.4 Backing Up Individual Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409

32 Restoring GroupWise Databases from Backup 411

32.1 Restoring a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

32.2 Restoring a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

32.3 Restoring a Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

32.4 Restoring an Individual Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412

32.5 Restoring Deleted Mailbox Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

32.5.1 Setting Up a Restore Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

32.5.2 Restoring a User’s Mailbox Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

32.5.3 Letting Client Users Restore Their Own Mailbox Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

32.6 Recovering Deleted GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

33 Retaining User Messages 419

33.1 How Message Retention Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Contents 13

33.1.1 What GroupWise Does . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

33.1.2 What the Message Retention Application Does . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

33.2 Acquiring a Message Retention Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

33.3 Enabling Message Retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

34 Standalone Database Maintenance Programs 423

34.1 GroupWise Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

34.1.1 GWCheck Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

34.1.2 Using GWCheck on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

34.1.3 Using GWCheck on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

34.1.4 Using GWCheck on Macintosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

34.1.5 Performing Mailbox/Library Maintenance Using GWCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

34.1.6 Executing GWCheck from a Windows Batch File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431

34.1.7 Executing GWCheck from a Linux Script. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

34.1.8 GWCheck Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

34.2 Target Service Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

34.2.1 GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA) for NetWare 5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

34.2.2 GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW) for NetWare 6.x/OES

and Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

34.3 GroupWise Time Stamp Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

34.3.1 GWTMSTMP Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

34.3.2 Running GWTMSTMP on NetWare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449

34.3.3 Running GWTMSTMP on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

34.3.4 Running GWTMSTMP on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

34.3.5 GWTMSTMP Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

34.4 GroupWise Database Copy Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

34.4.1 Using DBCopy on NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

34.4.2 Using DBCopy on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

34.4.3 Using DBCopy on Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

34.4.4 DBCopy Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Part IX Post Office Agent 461

35 Understanding Message Delivery and Storage in the Post Office 463

35.1 Post Office Representation in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

35.2 Post Office Directory Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

35.3 Information Stored in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

35.3.1 Post Office Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

35.3.2 Message Store. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

35.3.3 Guardian Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

35.3.4 Agent Input/Output Queues in the Post Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

35.3.5 Libraries (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

35.4 Post Office Access Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

35.5 Role of the Post Office Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

35.5.1 Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

35.5.2 Message File Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

35.5.3 Other POA Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470

35.6 Message Flow in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

35.7 Cross-Platform Issues in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

35.7.1 Client/Post Office Platform Independence through Browser Technology . . . . . . . . 472

35.7.2 Client/Post Office Platform Independence through Client/Server Mode . . . . . . . . . 472

35.7.3 POA/Post Office Platform Dependencies Because of Direct Access Requirements 472

14 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

36 Configuring the POA 475

36.1 Performing Basic POA Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

36.1.1 Creating a POA Object in eDirectory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

36.1.2 Configuring the POA in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

36.1.3 Changing the Link Protocol between the Post Office and the Domain . . . . . . . . . . 481

36.1.4 Binding the POA to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483

36.1.5 Moving the POA to a Different Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

36.1.6 Adjusting the POA for a New Post Office Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

36.1.7 Adjusting the POA Logging Level and Other Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485

36.2 Configuring User Access to the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486

36.2.1 Using Client/Server Access to the Post Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486

36.2.2 Simplifying Client/Server Access with a GroupWise Name Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

36.2.3 Supporting IMAP Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490

36.2.4 Supporting SOAP Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491

36.2.5 Supporting CAP Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

36.2.6 Checking What GroupWise Clients Are in Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492

36.2.7 Supporting Forced Mailbox Caching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494

36.2.8 Restricting Message Size between Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495

36.3 Configuring Post Office Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

36.3.1 Securing Client/Server Access through a Proxy Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

36.3.2 Controlling Client Redirection Inside and Outside Your Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

36.3.3 Securing the Post Office with SSL Connections to the POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

36.3.4 Providing LDAP Authentication for GroupWise Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

36.3.5 Enabling Intruder Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506

36.3.6 Configuring Trusted Application Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

36.4 Configuring Post Office Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

36.4.1 Scheduling Database Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

36.4.2 Scheduling Disk Space Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

36.4.3 Performing Nightly User Upkeep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

37 Monitoring the POA 515

37.1 Using the POA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

37.1.1 Monitoring the POA from the POA Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

37.1.2 Controlling the POA from the POA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

37.2 Using the POA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

37.2.1 Setting Up the POA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531

37.2.2 Accessing the POA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532

37.2.3 Monitoring the POA from the POA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533

37.2.4 Controlling the POA from the POA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

37.3 Using POA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

37.3.1 Configuring POA Log Settings and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538

37.3.2 Viewing POA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539

37.3.3 Interpreting POA Log File Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539

37.4 Using GroupWise Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539

37.5 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

37.6 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540

37.6.1 Setting Up SNMP Services for the POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541

37.6.2 Copying and Compiling the POA MIB File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543

37.6.3 Configuring the POA for SNMP Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544

37.7 Notifying the GroupWise Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544

37.8 Using the POA Error Message Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545

37.9 Employing POA Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545

37.10 Using Platform-Specific POA Monitoring Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546

Contents 15

38 Optimizing the POA 547

38.1 Optimizing Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547

38.1.1 Adjusting the Number of POA Threads for Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . 547

38.1.2 Adjusting the Number of Connections for Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . 549

38.1.3 Configuring a Dedicated Client/Server POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

38.2 Optimizing Message File Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552

38.2.1 Adjusting the Number of POA Threads for Message File Processing . . . . . . . . . . . 552

38.2.2 Configuring a Dedicated Message File Processing POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553

38.3 Optimizing Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554

38.3.1 Regulating Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555

38.3.2 Configuring a Dedicated Indexing POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556

38.3.3 Customizing Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

38.4 Optimizing Database Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559

38.4.1 Adjusting the Number of POA Threads for Database Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 559

38.4.2 Configuring a Dedicated Database Maintenance POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560

38.5 Optimizing CPU Utilization for the NetWare POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562

39 Using POA Startup Switches 565

39.1 @filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569

39.2 /attemptsresetinterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569

39.3 /cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569

39.4 /capmaxthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570

39.5 /capport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570

39.6 /capssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570

39.7 /certfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570

39.8 /cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571

39.9 /cpu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571

39.10 /dn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571

39.11 /enforceclientversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572

39.12 /evocontrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572

39.13 /externalclientssl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572

39.14 /gwchkthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573

39.15 /gwclientreleasedate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573

39.16 /gwclientreleaseversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573

39.17 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

39.18 /home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

39.19 /httppassword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

39.20 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574

39.21 /httprefresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575

39.22 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575

39.23 /httpuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575

39.24 /imap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

39.25 /imapmaxthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

39.26 /imapreadlimit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

39.27 /imapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576

39.28 /imapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577

39.29 /imapsslport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577

39.30 /incorrectloginattempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577

39.31 /internalclientssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577

39.32 /intruderlockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

39.33 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

39.34 /keyfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

16 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

39.35 /keypassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579

39.36 /language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579

39.37 /ldapdisablepwdchg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580

39.38 /ldapipaddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580

39.39 /ldapippooln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

39.40 /ldappoolresettime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

39.41 /ldapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

39.42 /ldapportpooln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

39.43 /ldappwd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582

39.44 /ldapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582

39.45 /ldapsslpooln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582

39.46 /ldapsslkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583

39.47 /ldapsslkeypooln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583

39.48 /ldaptimeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583

39.49 /ldapuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584

39.50 /ldapuserauthmethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584

39.51 /lockoutresetinterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584

39.52 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585

39.53 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585

39.54 /logdiskoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585

39.55 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586

39.56 /logmax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586

39.57 /maxappconns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586

39.58 /maxphysconns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587

39.59 /mtpinipaddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587

39.60 /mtpinport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587

39.61 /mtpoutipaddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587

39.62 /mtpoutport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588

39.63 /mtpsendmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588

39.64 /mtpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588

39.65 /name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589

39.66 /noada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589

39.67 /nocache. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589

39.68 /noconfig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

39.69 /noerrormail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

39.70 /nogwchk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

39.71 /noldapx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

39.72 /nomf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

39.73 /nomfhigh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

39.74 /nomflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

39.75 /nomtp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

39.76 /nonuu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592

39.77 /noqf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592

39.78 /nordab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592

39.79 /norecover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592

39.80 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593

39.81 /notcpip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593

39.82 /nuuoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593

39.83 /password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593

39.84 /port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594

39.85 /primingmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594

39.86 /qfbaseoffset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Contents 17

39.87 /qfbaseoffsetinminute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594

39.88 /qfdeleteold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595

39.89 /qfinterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595

39.90 /qfintervalinminute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595

39.91 /qflevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596

39.92 /qfnolibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596

39.93 /qfnopreproc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597

39.94 /qfnousers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597

39.95 /qfuserfidbeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597

39.96 /qfuserfidend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597

39.97 /rdaboffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598

39.98 /rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598

39.99 --show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598

39.100/sleep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

39.101/soap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

39.102/soapmaxthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

39.103/soapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599

39.104/soapsizelimit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

39.105/soapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

39.106/soapthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

39.107/tcpthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600

39.108/threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601

39.109/user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Part X Message Transfer Agent 603

40 Understanding Message Transfer between Domains and Post Offices 605

40.1 Domain Representation in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605

40.2 Domain Directory Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606

40.3 Information Stored in the Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606

40.3.1 Domain Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606

40.3.2 Agent Input/Output Queues in the Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

40.3.3 Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607

40.4 Role of the Message Transfer Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608

40.5 Link Configuration between Domains and Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608

40.6 Message Flow between Domains and Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608

40.6.1 Message Flow between Post Offices in the Same Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609

40.6.2 Message Flow between Different Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609

40.7 Cross-Platform Issues between Domains and Post Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609

40.7.1 MTA Platform Dependencies Because of Direct Access Requirements to Post

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610

40.7.2 MTA/Post Office Platform Independence through TCP/IP Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610

40.7.3 MTA Platform Dependencies Because of Direct Access Requirements to the

Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610

40.7.4 MTA/Domain Platform Independence through TCP/IP Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611

40.7.5 MTA/Domain Platform Independence through the Transfer Pull Configuration. . . . 611

41 Configuring the MTA 613

41.1 Performing Basic MTA Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613

41.1.1 Creating an MTA Object in eDirectory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614

41.1.2 Configuring the MTA in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615

18 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

41.1.3 Changing the Link Protocol between Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618

41.1.4 Changing the Link Protocol between a Domain and Its Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 622

41.1.5 Binding the MTA to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625

41.1.6 Moving the MTA to a Different Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626

41.1.7 Adjusting the MTA for a New Location of a Domain or Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626

41.1.8 Adjusting the MTA Logging Level and Other Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627

41.2 Configuring User Access through the Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

41.2.1 Restricting Message Size between Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

41.2.2 Enabling Live Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629

41.2.3 Securing the Domain with SSL Connections to the MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629

41.3 Configuring Specialized Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631

41.3.1 Using Routing Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631

41.3.2 Scheduling Direct Domain Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633

41.3.3 Using a Transfer Pull Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636

41.4 Configuring Domain Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638

41.4.1 Using eDirectory User Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638

41.4.2 Enabling MTA Message Logging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643

42 Monitoring the MTA 645

42.1 Using the MTA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645

42.1.1 Monitoring the MTA from the MTA Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645

42.1.2 Controlling the MTA from the MTA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648

42.2 Using the MTA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657

42.2.1 Setting Up the MTA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657

42.2.2 Accessing the MTA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659

42.2.3 Monitoring the MTA from the MTA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659

42.2.4 Controlling the MTA from the MTA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664

42.3 Using MTA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665

42.3.1 Configuring MTA Log Settings and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666

42.3.2 Viewing MTA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666

42.3.3 Interpreting MTA Log File Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666

42.4 Using GroupWise Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666

42.5 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667

42.6 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667

42.6.1 Setting Up SNMP Services for the MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668

42.6.2 Copying and Compiling the MTA MIB File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670

42.6.3 Configuring the MTA for SNMP Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671

42.7 Notifying the Domain Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671

42.8 Using the MTA Error Message Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672

42.9 Employing MTA Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672

42.10 Using Platform-Specific MTA Monitoring Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673

42.11 Using MTA Message Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

43 Optimizing the MTA 675

43.1 Optimizing TCP/IP Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675

43.1.1 Adjusting the Number of MTA TCP/IP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675

43.1.2 Adjusting the MTA Wait Intervals for Slow TCP/IP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676

43.2 Optimizing Mapped/UNC Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676

43.2.1 Using TCP/IP Links between Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676

43.2.2 Adjusting MTA Polling of Input Queues in the Domain, Post Offices, and

Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676

43.2.3 Adjusting the Number of MTA Scanner Threads for the Domain and Post Offices . 678

43.3 Optimizing the Routing Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680

43.3.1 Adjusting the Maximum Number of Active Router Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680

Contents 19

43.3.2 Adjusting the Maximum Number of Idle Router Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680

43.4 Adjusting MTA Polling of Closed Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680

44 Using MTA Startup Switches 683

44.1 @filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685

44.2 /activelog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685

44.3 /certfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685

44.4 /cyhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685

44.5 /cylo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

44.6 /defaultroutingdomain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

44.7 /dn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

44.8 /fast0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

44.9 /fast4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687

44.10 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687

44.11 /home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687

44.12 /httppassword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687

44.13 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688

44.14 /httprefresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688

44.15 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688

44.16 /httpuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689

44.17 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689

44.18 /keyfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689

44.19 /keypassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689

44.20 /language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690

44.21 /liveremote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691

44.22 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691

44.23 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691

44.24 /logdiskoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692

44.25 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692

44.26 /logmax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692

44.27 /lrconn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693

44.28 /lrwaitdata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693

44.29 /maxidlerouters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693

44.30 /maxrouters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693

44.31 /messagelogdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

44.32 /messagelogmaxsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

44.33 /messagelogpath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

44.34 /messagelogsettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

44.35 /msgtranssl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

44.36 /noada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

44.37 /nodns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

44.38 /noerrormail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

44.39 /nondssync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696

44.40 /norecover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696

44.41 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696

44.42 /password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696

44.43 --show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697

44.44 /tcpinbound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697

44.45 /tcpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697

44.46 /tcpwaitconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697

44.47 /tcpwaitdata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

20 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

44.48 /tracelogin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698

44.49 /user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698

44.50 /vsnoadm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698

44.51 /work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699

Part XI Internet Agent 701

45 Configuring Internet Addressing 703

45.1 Planning Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703

45.1.1 Internet Agent Requirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704

45.1.2 Internet Agents Used for Outbound Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704

45.1.3 Internet Domain Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704

45.1.4 Preferred Address Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704

45.1.5 Allowed Address Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707

45.1.6 Override Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707

45.2 Setting Up Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708

45.2.1 Installing the Internet Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708

45.2.2 Enabling Internet Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708

45.2.3 Overriding Internet Addressing Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710

45.3 Transitioning from SMTP Gateway Aliases to Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713

45.3.1 Planning to Migrate Gateway Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

45.3.2 Preparing to Migrate Gateway Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

45.3.3 Performing the Gateway Alias Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

45.3.4 Verifying the Gateway Alias Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

46 Configuring Internet Services 717

46.1 Configuring SMTP/MIME Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717

46.1.1 Configuring Basic SMTP/MIME Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717

46.1.2 Using Extended SMTP (ESMTP) Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720

46.1.3 Configuring How the Internet Agent Handles E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721

46.1.4 Determining Format Options for Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723

46.1.5 Configuring the SMTP Timeout Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725

46.1.6 Determining What to Do with Undeliverable Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726

46.1.7 Configuring SMTP Dial-Up Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727

46.1.8 Enabling SMTP Relaying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731

46.1.9 Using a Route Configuration File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732

46.1.10 Customizing Delivery Status Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732

46.1.11 Managing MIME Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733

46.2 Configuring LDAP Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737

46.2.1 Enabling LDAP Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737

46.2.2 Configuring Public Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738

46.3 Configuring POP3/IMAP4 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739

46.3.1 Enabling POP3/IMAP4 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740

46.3.2 Configuring Post Office Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741

46.3.3 Giving POP3 or IMAP4 Access Rights to Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743

46.3.4 Setting Up an E-Mail Client for POP3/IMAP4 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743

46.4 Configuring Paging Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744

46.4.1 Setting Up Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745

46.4.2 Using Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746

47 Managing Internet Access 747

47.1 Controlling User Access to the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

47.1.1 Classes of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

Contents 21

47.1.2 Creating a Class of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748

47.1.3 Testing Access Control Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753

47.1.4 Maintaining the Access Control Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755

47.2 Blocking Unwanted E-Mail from the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757

47.2.1 Real-Time Blacklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757

47.2.2 Access Control Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759

47.2.3 Blocked.txt File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759

47.2.4 Mailbomb (Spam) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760

47.2.5 Customized Spam Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761

47.2.6 SMTP Host Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762

47.2.7 Unidentified Host Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763

47.3 Tracking Internet Traffic with Accounting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764

47.3.1 Selecting an Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764

47.3.2 Enabling Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765

47.3.3 Understanding the Accounting File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766

48 Configuring the Internet Agent 769

48.1 Changing the Link Protocol between the Internet Agent and the Message Transfer Agent. . 769

48.2 Configuring an Alternate Internet Agent for a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770

48.3 Binding the Internet Agent to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771

48.4 Securing Internet Agent Connections with SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772

48.4.1 Defining the Certificate File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772

48.4.2 Defining Which Connections Use SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

49 Monitoring the Internet Agent 775

49.1 Using the Internet Agent Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775

49.1.1 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776

49.1.2 Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776

49.1.3 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777

49.1.4 Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784

49.1.5 Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785

49.2 Using the Internet Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787

49.2.1 Setting Up the Internet Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787

49.2.2 Monitoring the Internet Agent at the Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788

49.3 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789

49.4 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789

49.5 Assigning Operators to Receive Warning and Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790

49.6 Using Internet Agent Log Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791

49.6.1 Modifying Log Settings in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792

49.6.2 Modifying Log Settings through Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793

49.6.3 Modifying Log Settings through the Internet Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . 793

49.6.4 Viewing Log Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795

49.7 Using Internet Agent Error Message Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796

49.8 Employing Internet Agent Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796

49.9 Stopping the Internet Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796

49.9.1 Using the Internet Agent Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796

49.9.2 Using a Command at the Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796

49.9.3 Using a Mail Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797

49.9.4 Using a Shutdown File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797

50 Optimizing the Internet Agent 799

50.1 Relocating the Internet Agent’s Processing Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799

50.2 Increasing Internet Agent Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801

22 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

50.2.1 Sending and Receiving Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801

50.2.2 Changing the Maximum Packet Received Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801

50.2.3 Increasing Polling Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801

50.2.4 Decreasing the Timeout Cycles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802

50.3 Automating Reattachment to NetWare Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802

51 Connecting GroupWise Systems and Domains Using the Internet Agent 805

51.1 Connecting GroupWise Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805

51.1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805

51.1.2 Creating an External Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806

51.1.3 Linking to the External Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807

51.1.4 Checking the Link Status of the External Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809

51.1.5 Sending Messages Between Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810

51.1.6 Exchanging Information Between Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810

51.2 Linking Domains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810

52 Using Internet Agent Startup Switches 813

52.1 How to Use Startup Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813

52.1.1 Changing Internet Agent Settings in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814

52.1.2 Modifying the gwia.cfg File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814

52.1.3 Editing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814

52.2 Alphabetical List of Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815

52.3 Required Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821

52.3.1 /dhome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821

52.3.2 /hn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821

52.3.3 /home. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822

52.3.4 /user (NetWare Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822

52.3.5 /password (NetWare Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822

52.4 Console Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822

52.4.1 /color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822

52.4.2 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823

52.4.3 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823

52.4.4 /mono. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823

52.4.5 --show (Linux Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823

52.5 Environment Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823

52.5.1 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823

52.5.2 /ipa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824

52.5.3 /ipp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824

52.5.4 /cluster (NetWare Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824

52.5.5 /smtphome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824

52.5.6 /work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825

52.5.7 /nasoq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825

52.6 SMTP/MIME Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825

52.6.1 SMTP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826

52.6.2 iCal Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826

52.6.3 Address Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826

52.6.4 Message Formatting and Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831

52.6.5 Forwarded and Deferred Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834

52.6.6 Extended SMTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835

52.6.7 Send/Receive Cycle and Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835

52.6.8 Dial-Up Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836

52.6.9 Timeouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837

52.6.10 Relay Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838

52.6.11 Host Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839

52.6.12 Undeliverable Message Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Contents 23

52.6.13 Mailbomb and Spam Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840

52.7 POP3 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842

52.7.1 /pop3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842

52.7.2 /popintruderdetect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842

52.7.3 /popport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842

52.7.4 /popsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842

52.7.5 /popssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843

52.7.6 /pt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843

52.7.7 /sslpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843

52.8 IMAP4 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843

52.8.1 /imap4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844

52.8.2 /imapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844

52.8.3 /imapreadlimit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844

52.8.4 /imapsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844

52.8.5 /imapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844

52.8.6 /it . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845

52.8.7 /sslit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845

52.9 HTTP (Web Console) Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845

52.9.1 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845

52.9.2 /httpuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846

52.9.3 /httppassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846

52.9.4 /httprefresh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846

52.9.5 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846

52.10 SSL Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846

52.10.1 /certfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847

52.10.2 /keyfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847

52.10.3 /keypasswd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847

52.10.4 /smtppssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847

52.10.5 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847

52.10.6 /popssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848

52.10.7 /imapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848

52.10.8 /ldapssl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848

52.11 LDAP Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849

52.11.1 GroupWise Authentication Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849

52.11.2 LDAP Query Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850

52.12 Log File Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851

52.12.1 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851

52.12.2 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852

52.12.3 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852

52.12.4 /logmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Part XII WebAccess 853

53 Scaling Your WebAccess Installation 855

53.1 WebAccess Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855

53.1.1 Multiple WebAccess Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855

53.1.2 Multiple WebAccess and WebPublisher Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856

53.2 Installing Additional WebAccess Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858

53.2.1 Installing Additional Components on NetWare or Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858

53.2.2 Installing Additional Components on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859

53.3 Configuring Redirection and Failover Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860

53.3.1 How the WebAccess Application Knows Which WebAccess Agents to Use. . . . . . 861

53.3.2 Synchronizing the Encryption Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863

53.3.3 Specifying a WebAccess Agent in the WebAccess URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864

53.3.4 Assigning a Default WebAccess Agent to a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865

24 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

53.3.5 Assigning a Default WebAccess Agent to a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866

53.3.6 Adding WebAccess Agents to the GroupWise Service Provider’s List . . . . . . . . . . 867

54 Configuring WebAccess Components 869

54.1 Configuring the WebAccess Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870

54.1.1 Modifying WebAccess Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870

54.1.2 Modifying WebPublisher Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871

54.1.3 Managing Access to Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873

54.1.4 Securing WebAccess Agent Connections with SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875

54.1.5 Changing the WebAccess Agent’s Network Address or Port Numbers. . . . . . . . . . 877

54.1.6 Binding the WebAccess Agent to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878

54.2 Configuring the WebAccess Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879

54.2.1 Modifying the WebAccess Application Environment Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879

54.2.2 Adding or Removing Service Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881

54.2.3 Modifying WebAccess Application Template Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882

54.2.4 Securing WebAccess Application Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888

54.2.5 Controlling Availability of WebAccess Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890

54.3 Configuring the Novell Speller Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892

54.4 Configuring the WebPublisher Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894

54.4.1 Modifying the WebPublisher Application Environment Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895

54.4.2 Adding or Removing Service Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896

54.4.3 Modifying WebPublisher Application Template Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897

54.4.4 Controlling Availability of WebPublisher Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901

54.5 Configuring the GroupWise Service Provider. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903

54.6 Configuring the LDAP Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905

54.7 Configuring the GroupWise Document Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907

54.8 Configuring the Document Viewer Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909

54.8.1 Viewer Agent Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910

54.8.2 Document Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910

54.8.3 Document Quarantine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911

54.8.4 Document Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911

54.8.5 Agent Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912

54.8.6 Agent Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912

54.8.7 Client/Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912

54.9 Enabling Web Server Data Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913

54.9.1 Apache 2 on NetWare 6.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913

54.9.2 Apache 2 on Open Enterprise Server (OES) Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914

54.9.3 Apache 2 on SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914

54.9.4 Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS) on Windows 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

55 Managing User Access 915

55.1 Controlling User Access to Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915

55.1.1 Class Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915

55.1.2 Creating a Class of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916

55.1.3 Adding Users to a Class of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918

55.1.4 Maintaining the Access Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918

55.2 Setting the Timeout Interval for Inactive Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920

55.3 Configuring User Access to WebAccess Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921

55.4 Customizing the WebAccess Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924

56 Monitoring WebAccess Operations 925

56.1 Monitoring the WebAccess Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925

56.1.1 Using the WebAccess Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925

Contents 25

56.1.2 Using the WebAccess Agent Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929

56.1.3 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932

56.1.4 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932

56.1.5 Assigning Operators to Receive Warning and Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932

56.1.6 Using WebAccess Agent Error Message Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933

56.1.7 Employing WebAccess Agent Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934

56.2 Monitoring the WebAccess Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934

56.2.1 Enabling the WebAccess Application Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934

56.2.2 Using the WebAccess Application Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935

56.3 Monitoring the Document Viewer Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935

56.3.1 Using the Document Viewer Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935

56.3.2 Using the Document Viewer Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935

56.4 Using WebAccess Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937

56.4.1 Controlling WebAccess Agent Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937

56.4.2 Controlling WebAccess Application Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941

56.4.3 Controlling Document Viewer Agent Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943

56.4.4 Viewing WebAccess Log Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943

56.4.5 Interpreting WebAccess Log File Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944

57 Using WebAccess Startup Switches 945

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

57.1 WebAccess Agent Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945

57.1.1 @filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946

57.1.2 /cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947

57.1.3 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947

57.1.4 /home (Required). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948

57.1.5 /http . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948

57.1.6 /httppassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948

57.1.7 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948

57.1.8 /httpuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949

57.1.9 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949

57.1.10 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949

57.1.11 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950

57.1.12 /logdiskon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950

57.1.13 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950

57.1.14 /logmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951

57.1.15 /maxusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951

57.1.16 /password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951

57.1.17 /port-number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952

57.1.18 --show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952

57.1.19 /threads-number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952

57.1.20 /user. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952

57.1.21 /work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953

57.2 Document Viewer Agent Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953

57.2.1 /addrspacename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954

57.2.2 /cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954

57.2.3 /domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955

57.2.4 /email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955

57.2.5 /hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955

57.2.6 /http . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955

57.2.7 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956

57.2.8 /httppw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956

57.2.9 /httpuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956

57.2.10 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957

57.2.11 /lang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957

57.2.12 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957

57.2.13 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958

57.2.14 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958

26 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

57.2.15 /logmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958

57.2.16 /maxcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959

57.2.17 /maxhold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959

57.2.18 /maxprobtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959

57.2.19 /maxsize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959

57.2.20 /maxtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960

57.2.21 /maxtrancache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960

57.2.22 /maxtrantime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960

57.2.23 /maxworkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960

57.2.24 /minworkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961

57.2.25 /port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961

57.2.26 /relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961

57.2.27 /temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962

Part XIII Monitor 963

58 Understanding the Monitor Agent Consoles 965

58.1 Monitor Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965

58.2 Monitor Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965

58.3 Monitor Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

59 Configuring the Monitor Agent 969

59.1 Selecting Agents to Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970

59.1.1 Filtering the Agent List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970

59.1.2 Adding All Agents on a Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971

59.1.3 Adding All Agents on a Subnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971

59.1.4 Adding an Individual Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972

59.1.5 Removing Added Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972

59.2 Creating and Managing Agent Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973

59.2.1 Creating an Agent Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974

59.2.2 Managing Agent Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974

59.2.3 Viewing Your Agent Group Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974

59.2.4 Configuring an Agent Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975

59.3 Configuring Monitoring Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975

59.3.1 Configuring the Monitor Agent for HTTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975

59.3.2 Configuring the Monitor Agent for SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977

59.4 Configuring Polling of Monitored Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978

59.5 Configuring E-Mail Notification for Agent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979

59.5.1 Configuring E-Mail Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979

59.5.2 Customizing Notification Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981

59.6 Configuring Audible Notification for Agent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983

59.7 Configuring SNMP Trap Notification for Agent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984

59.8 Configuring Authentication and Intruder Lockout for the Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . 985

59.9 Configuring Monitor Agent Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986

59.10 Configuring Proxy Service Support for the Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987

59.11 Monitoring Messenger Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988

59.12 Supporting the GroupWise High Availability Service on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989

60 Configuring the Monitor Application 991

60.1 Modifying Monitor Application Environment Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991

60.2 Modifying Monitor Application Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992

60.3 Adding or Removing Service Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994

Contents 27

60.4 Modifying Monitor Application Template Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995

61 Using GroupWise Monitor 997

61.1 Using the Monitor Agent Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997

61.1.1 Viewing All Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998

61.1.2 Viewing Problem Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998

61.1.3 Viewing an Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999

61.1.4 Viewing an Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000

61.1.5 Polling the Agents for Updated Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000

61.2 Using the Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

61.3 Generating Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002

61.3.1 Link Trace Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002

61.3.2 Link Configuration Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003

61.3.3 Image Map Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004

61.3.4 Environment Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009

61.3.5 User Traffic Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009

61.3.6 Link Traffic Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010

61.3.7 Message Tracking Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010

61.3.8 Performance Tracking Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011

61.3.9 Connected User Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011

61.3.10 Gateway Accounting Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011

61.3.11 Trends Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011

61.3.12 Down Time Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012

61.4 Measuring Agent Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012

61.4.1 Setting Up an External Monitor Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012

61.4.2 Selecting an MTA to Communicate with the Monitor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013

61.4.3 Configuring the Monitor Agent for Agent Performance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014

61.4.4 Viewing Agent Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014

61.4.5 Viewing an Agent Performance Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015

61.4.6 Receiving Notification of Agent Performance Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015

61.5 Collecting Gateway Accounting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015

61.5.1 Setting Up an External Monitor Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015

61.5.2 Selecting an MTA to Communicate with the Monitor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016

61.5.3 Setting Up an External Post Office and External User for Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017

61.5.4 Receiving the Accounting Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017

61.5.5 Viewing the Gateway Accounting Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018

61.6 Assigning Responsibility for Specific Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018

61.7 Searching for Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

62 Comparing the Monitor Consoles 1021

63 Using Monitor Agent Switches 1023

63.1 /hapassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024

63.2 /hapoll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024

63.3 /hauser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025

63.4 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025

63.5 /home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025

63.6 /httpagentpassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026

63.7 /httpagentuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026

63.8 /httpcertfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026

63.9 /httpmonpassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027

63.10 /httpmonuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027

63.11 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028

28 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

63.12 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028

63.13 /ipa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028

63.14 /ipp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028

63.15 /lang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029

63.16 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029

63.17 /monwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030

63.18 /nmaddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030

63.19 /nmhome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031

63.20 /nmpassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031

63.21 /nmuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031

63.22 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031

63.23 /pollthreads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032

63.24 /proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032

63.25 /tcpwaitconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032

Part XIV Client 1033

64 Setting Up GroupWise Modes and Accounts 1035

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

64.1 GroupWise Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035

64.1.1 Online Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035

64.1.2 Caching Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035

64.1.3 Remote Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037

64.2 Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042

64.2.1 Accounts Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042

64.2.2 Enabling POP3, IMAP4, and NNTP Account Access in Online Mode . . . . . . . . . . 1042

65 Setting Defaults for the GroupWise Client Options 1045

65.1 Client Options Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045

65.2 Setting Client Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049

65.2.1 Modifying Environment Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050

65.2.2 Modifying Send Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062

65.2.3 Modifying Security Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073

65.2.4 Modifying Date and Time Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076

65.3 Resetting Client Options to Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080

66 Distributing the GroupWise Client 1081

66.1 Using GroupWise AutoUpdate and SetupIP to Distribute the GroupWise Windows Client . 1081

66.1.1 Preparing to Use AutoUpdate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082

66.1.2 Using the Setup Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085

66.1.3 Modifying the Setup Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085

66.1.4 Adding LDAP Directory Service Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091

66.1.5 Testing Your AutoUpdate Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092

66.1.6 Enabling AutoUpdate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093

66.1.7 Modifying the addon.cfg File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094

66.1.8 Error Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095

66.2 Using ZENworks Desktop Management to Distribute the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . 1095

66.2.1 Creating a GroupWise Client Application Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096

66.2.2 Using GroupWise 7 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099

66.2.3 Configuring ZENworks to Use a Transform File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101

66.3 Using Novell ZENworks Linux Management to Distribute the GroupWise Cross-Platform

Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101

Contents 29

67 Supporting the GroupWise Client in Multiple Languages 1103

67.1 Providing the GroupWise Client Software in Multiple Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103

67.2 Providing Post Office Support for Multiple Languages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103

68 Tools for Analyzing and Correcting GroupWise Client Problems 1105

68.1 GroupWise Exception Handler for the Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105

68.2 GroupWise Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105

68.2.1 Enabling GroupWise Check in the Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106

68.2.2 Using GroupWise Check with the Cross-Platform Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106

69 Startup Switches for the GroupWise Client 1107

69.1 /@u-? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107

69.2 /@u-user_ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107

69.3 /bl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

69.4 /c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

69.5 /cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

69.6 /iabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

69.7 /ipa-IP_address_or_hostname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108

69.8 /ipp-port_number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109

69.9 /l-xx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109

69.10 /la-network_ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110

69.11 /nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110

69.12 /ph-pathname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110

69.13 /pc-path_to_caching_mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110

69.14 /pr-path_to_remote_mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110

69.15 -ui=xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Part XV Security Administration 1113

70 GroupWise Passwords 1115

70.1 Mailbox Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115

70.1.1 Using Post Office Security Instead of GroupWise Passwords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115

70.1.2 Requiring GroupWise Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116

70.1.3 Managing GroupWise Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116

70.1.4 Using LDAP Passwords Instead of GroupWise Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118

70.1.5 Bypassing Mailbox Passwords to Respond to Corporate Mandates . . . . . . . . . . . 1118

70.2 Agent Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119

70.2.1 Facilitating Access to Remote Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119

70.2.2 Facilitating Access to eDirectory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120

70.2.3 Protecting the Agent Web Consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120

70.2.4 Protecting the GroupWise Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120

71 Encryption and Certificates 1121

71.1 Personal Digital Certificates, Digital Signatures,

and S/MIME Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121

71.2 Server Certificates and SSL Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123

71.2.1 Generating a Certificate Signing Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123

71.2.2 Using a GWCSRGEN Configuration File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124

71.2.3 Submitting the Certificate Signing Request to a Certificate Authority . . . . . . . . . . 1125

30 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

71.2.4 Creating Your Own Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125

71.2.5 Installing the Certificate on the Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128

71.2.6 Configuring the Agents to Use SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128

71.3 Trusted Root Certificates and LDAP Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129

72 LDAP Directories 1131

72.1 Accessing Public LDAP Directories from GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131

72.2 Offering the GroupWise Address Book as an LDAP Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131

72.3 Authenticating to GroupWise with Passwords Stored in an LDAP Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131

72.3.1 Access Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132

72.3.2 LDAP Username . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132

72.4 Accessing S/MIME Certificates in an LDAP Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132

73 Message Security 1135

74 Address Book Security 1137

74.1 eDirectory Information Displayed in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137

74.2 Suppressing the Contents of the User Description Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137

74.3 Controlling GroupWise Object Visibility in the Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137

74.4 Controlling GroupWise Object Visibility between GroupWise Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

75 GroupWise Administrator Rights 1139

75.1 Setting Up a GroupWise Administrator as an Admin Equivalent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139

75.2 Assigning Rights Based on Administration Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139

75.2.1 File System Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140

75.2.2 eDirectory Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140

75.2.3 Common Types of GroupWise Administrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144

75.3 eDirectory Object and Properties Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147

75.4 Granting or Removing Object and Property Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150

76 GroupWise Agent Rights 1151

77 GroupWise User Rights 1153

77.1 eDirectory Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153

77.1.1 Configuring ConsoleOne to Automatically Set eDirectory Rights When Creating User

Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153

77.1.2 Manually Granting eDirectory Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154

77.2 File System Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155

77.2.1 Granting File System Rights to the Post Office Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156

77.2.2 Granting File System Rights to the Software Distribution Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . 1157

77.2.3 Granting File System Rights to the Mailbox Backup Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158

78 Spam Protection 1159

78.1 Configuring the Internet Agent for Spam Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159

78.2 Configuring the GroupWise Client for Spam Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159

Contents 31

79 Virus Protection 1161

Part XVI Security Policies 1163

80 Securing GroupWise Data 1165

80.1 Limiting Physical Access to GroupWise Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165

80.2 Securing File System Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165

80.3 Securing Domains and Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165

81 Securing GroupWise Agents 1167

81.1 Setting Up SSL Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167

81.2 Protecting Agent Web Consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167

81.3 Protecting Agent Startup and Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167

81.4 Protecting Agent Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1168

81.5 Protecting Agent Processes on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169

81.6 Protecting Trusted Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

82 Securing GroupWise System Access 1171

82.1 Using a Proxy Server with Client/Server Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171

82.2 Using LDAP Authentication for GroupWise Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171

82.3 Managing Mailbox Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171

82.4 Enabling Intruder Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172

83 Secure Migrations 1173

83.1 GroupWise Server Migration Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173

83.1.1 Source Server Credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173

83.1.2 Destination Server root Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173

83.1.3 Agent Startup Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173

Part XVII Documentation Updates 1175

A March 14, 2008 (GroupWise 7 SP3) 1177

B April 16, 2007 (GroupWise 7 SP 2) 1181

C September 29, 2006 1183

D June 15, 2006 (GroupWise 7 SP 1) 1185

E November 30, 2005 1191

32 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

About This Guide

This Novell® GroupWise® 7 Administration Guide helps you maintain all components of your
GroupWise system. The guide is divided into the following sections:

 “System” on page 35

 “Domains” on page 109

 “Post Offices” on page 153

 “Users” on page 201

 “Resources” on page 247

 “Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles” on page 261

 “Libraries and Documents” on page 291

 “Databases” on page 371

 “Post Office Agent” on page 461

 “Message Transfer Agent” on page 603

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

 “Internet Agent” on page 701

 “WebAccess” on page 853

 “Monitor” on page 963

 “Client” on page 1033

 “Security Administration” on page 1113

 “Security Policies” on page 1163

 “Documentation Updates” on page 1175

Audience

This guide is intended for those who administer a GroupWise system on NetWare, Linux, or
Windows. Some background knowledge of the host operating system is assumed.

Feedback

We want to hear your comments and suggestions about this manual and the other documentation
included with this product. Please use the User Comment feature at the bottom of each page of the
online documentation, or go to www.novell.com/documentation/feedback.html and enter your
comments there.

Documentation Updates

For the most recent version of the GroupWise 7 Administration Guide, visit the Novell GroupWise 7

documentation Web site (http://www.novell.com/documentation/gw7).

About This Guide 33

Additional Documentation

For additional GroupWise documentation, see the following guides at the Novell GroupWise 7

documentation Web site (http://www.novell.com/documentation/gw7):

 Installation Guide

 Multi-System Administration Guide

 Interoperability Guide

 Troubleshooting Guides

 GroupWise Client User Guides

 GroupWise Client Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)

Documentation Conventions

In Novell documentation, a greater-than symbol (>) is used to separate actions within a step and
items in a cross-reference path.

A trademark symbol (®, TM, etc.) denotes a Novell trademark. An asterisk denotes a third-party
trademark.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

When a single pathname can be written with a backslash for some platforms or a forward slash for
other platforms, the pathname is presented with a backslash. Users of platforms that require a
forward slash, such as Linux*, should use forward slashes as required by your software.

When a startup switch can be written with a forward slash for some platforms or a double hyphen for
other platforms, the startup switch is presented with a forward slash. Users of platforms that require
a double hyphen, such as Linux, should use double hyphens as required by your software.

34 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

I

System

 Chapter 1, “GroupWise System Administration,” on page 37

 Chapter 2, “ConsoleOne Administration Tool,” on page 39

 Chapter 3, “GroupWise View,” on page 43

 Chapter 4, “GroupWise System Operations,” on page 51

 Chapter 5, “GroupWise Utilities,” on page 73

 Chapter 6, “GroupWise Address Book,” on page 85

 Chapter 7, “Multilingual GroupWise Systems,” on page 105

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

SystemI35

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

36 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

1

GroupWise System Administration

As a GroupWise® system administrator, it is your responsibility to keep your GroupWise system
running smoothly for your GroupWise users. This GroupWise 7 Administration Guide provides a
wealth of information to help you accomplish this task. This System section provides an overview of
the GroupWise administration tool, ConsoleOne
tasks that affect your GroupWise system as a whole and provides links to more specialized
instructions.

The following sections of the Administration Guide detail the eDirectory
GroupWise information is stored. Instructions are provided for creating and managing all
GroupWise object types.

 “Domains” on page 109

 “Post Offices” on page 153

 “Users” on page 201

 “Resources” on page 247

®

, and its capabilities. It summarizes administrative

TM

objects where

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

1

 “Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles” on page 261

 “Libraries and Documents” on page 291

The following sections of the Administration Guide detail the GroupWise software components that
make your GroupWise system run. Instructions are provided for configuring, monitoring, and
optimizing each software component.

 “Post Office Agent” on page 461

 “Message Transfer Agent” on page 603

 “Internet Agent” on page 701

 “WebAccess” on page 853

 “Monitor” on page 963

The following additional sections of the Administration Guide provide supporting details and
background information:

 “Databases” on page 371

 “Client” on page 1033

 “Security Administration” on page 1113

 “Security Policies” on page 1163

GroupWise System Administration

37

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

38 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

2

ConsoleOne Administration Tool

GroupWise® is administered using ConsoleOne®, a Java*-based tool for managing your network
and its resources. When you create your GroupWise system, GroupWise snap-ins are added to your
ConsoleOne installation and GroupWise objects are created in Novell
manage your GroupWise system, you use ConsoleOne to create additional GroupWise objects,
modify GroupWise object properties, and so on.

IMPORTANT: Because the GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne are required in order to work with
GroupWise objects, you cannot use other network management tools, such as Novell iManager, to
administer your GroupWise system. Also, you should not use older network management tools, such
as NetWare
includes legacy gateways that require such tools to administer the corresponding Gateway objects
and their properties.

Because GroupWise is a cross-platform product, you might have components of your GroupWise
system located on NetWare servers, Linux servers, and Windows* servers. You can run ConsoleOne
on Windows or Linux to manage GroupWise domains and post offices located on any of these
platforms. However, using Windows ConsoleOne to administer domains and post offices on
NetWare and Windows servers, and using Linux ConsoleOne to administer domain and post offices
on Linux servers is highly recommended to avoid potential cross-platform file access issues.

®

Administrator, to administer your GroupWise system, unless your GroupWise system

®

eDirectoryTM. As you

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

2

 Section 2.1, “ConsoleOne on Windows,” on page 39

 Section 2.2, “ConsoleOne on Linux,” on page 40

 Section 2.3, “ConsoleOne in a Multiple-Platform Environment,” on page 41

NOTE: For a GroupWise system on NetWare, you cannot run ConsoleOne to administer
GroupWise at the NetWare server console. The GroupWise Administrator snap-ins to ConsoleOne
do not run in that environment.

2.1 ConsoleOne on Windows

You can run ConsoleOne on Windows on any Windows machine that meets the requirements listed
in “GroupWise Administration Requirements” in the GroupWise 7 Installation Guide.

 Section 2.1.1, “Installing ConsoleOne on Windows,” on page 39

 Section 2.1.2, “Starting ConsoleOne on Windows,” on page 40

2.1.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Windows

When you create your initial GroupWise system using the GroupWise Installation program
(install.exe) on Windows, the GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne are installed to the ConsoleOne
installation on that machine. If necessary, you can install ConsoleOne itself to the machine where
you are running the GroupWise Installation program. You are also given the opportunity to copy the
GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne into a GroupWise software distribution directory for later use.

ConsoleOne Administration Tool

39

After you have set up your GroupWise system, you can use the GroupWise Installation program to
install ConsoleOne and the GroupWise snap-ins from the GroupWise 7 Administrator for NetWare/
Windows CD or you can run admin\install.exe to install the snap-ins from the software distribution
directory to additional locations as needed.

2.1.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Windows

When you install ConsoleOne, a ConsoleOne icon is automatically created on your Windows
desktop for starting ConsoleOne.

Before you start ConsoleOne, turn off file caching in the Novell Client to protect database integrity.

1 Right-click the red N in the notification area, then click Novell Client Properties.

2 Click Advanced Settings, select File Caching, then select Off.

3 Click OK to save your change.

2.2 ConsoleOne on Linux

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

You can run ConsoleOne on Linux on any Linux machine that meets the requirements listed in
“GroupWise Administration Requirements” in the GroupWise 7 Installation Guide.

 Section 2.2.1, “Installing ConsoleOne on Linux,” on page 40

 Section 2.2.2, “Starting ConsoleOne on Linux,” on page 41

2.2.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Linux

When you create your initial GroupWise system using the GroupWise Installation program
(install) on Linux, ConsoleOne should already be installed before you begin. If you are running
Novell Open Enterprise Server Linux, you can install ConsoleOne from YaST using Software >
Install and Remove Software. Linux ConsoleOne is also available on the Novell Downloads page

(http://download.novell.com/index.jsp).

After ConsoleOne is installed, the GroupWise Installation program on Linux installs the GroupWise
snap-ins to ConsoleOne to the ConsoleOne installation on that machine. You are also given the
opportunity to copy the GroupWise Administration RPM into a GroupWise software distribution
directory for later use.

After you have set up your GroupWise system, you can use the GroupWise Installation program to
install the GroupWise snap-ins from the GroupWise 7 Administrator for Linux CD or you can install
the GroupWise Administration RPM from the admin subdirectory of the software distribution
directory to install the snap-ins to additional locations as needed.

ConsoleOne and the GroupWise Administrator snap-ins should be installed on each Linux server
where a domain is located. For some administration tasks, ConsoleOne on the primary domain
server needs to have secondary domain servers mounted. Depending on how you organize your
GroupWise administration, you might also want to mount the primary domain server to each
secondary domain server. Administrative messages can flow from one secondary domain to another
through the primary domain.

40 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

2.2.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Linux

1 In a terminal window, become root by entering sux and the root password.

The sux command enables the X Window System*, which is required for running
ConsoleOne.

2 Enter the following command:

/usr/ConsoleOne/bin/ConsoleOne

2.3 ConsoleOne in a Multiple-Platform
Environment

If your GroupWise system includes multiple platforms, you can administer Linux domains from
Windows ConsoleOne or you can administer NetWare or Windows domains from Linux
ConsoleOne. The cross-platform connections required for cross-platform GroupWise administration
are described in the following sections of “Migration” in the GroupWise 7 Installation Guide:

 “Using Windows ConsoleOne to Access Domains and Post Offices on Linux”

 “Using Linux ConsoleOne to Access Domains and Post Offices on NetWare or Windows”

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

ConsoleOne Administration Tool 41

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

42 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

3

GroupWise View

When administering GroupWise® in ConsoleOne®, you can use the standard Novell® eDirectoryTM
View or you can use the GroupWise View. The following sections discuss the GroupWise View and
how to use it:

 Section 3.1, “eDirectory View vs. GroupWise View,” on page 43

 Section 3.2, “GroupWise Object Icons,” on page 44

 Section 3.3, “Customizing the GroupWise View,” on page 46

 Section 3.4, “Searching in the GroupWise View,” on page 48

 Section 3.5, “Performing Administrative Tasks from the GroupWise View,” on page 48

NOTE: The ConsoleOne illustrations used in the guide show ConsoleOne on Windows.
ConsoleOne on Linux appears different but provides substantially the same functionality.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

3

3.1 eDirectory View vs. GroupWise View

The eDirectory View displays the GroupWise objects in their contexts in the eDirectory tree, as
shown in the following example.

Figure 3-1 eDirectory View

The GroupWise View filters out all non-GroupWise objects and shows how the GroupWise objects
relate to each other in the GroupWise system, as shown in the following example.

GroupWise View

43

Figure 3-2 GroupWise View

In the left pane, all Domain objects are displayed under the GroupWise system, and all Post Office
objects are subordinate to the domains where they reside. You can select the GroupWise system, a
domain, or a post office in the left pane and then use the drop-down list of GroupWise objects on the
toolbar to display associated objects (Users, Resources, Message Transfer Agents, and so on) in the
right pane. In the above example, the GroupWise System is selected in the left pane and the
GroupWise Object list is set to Users, so the right pane is displaying all users in the entire
GroupWise system.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

3.2 GroupWise Object Icons

The following table lists all the GroupWise objects that are displayed in the eDirectory View or
GroupWise View in ConsoleOne.

Table 3-1 Object Icons

Icon GroupWise Object Additional Information

GroupWise System Represents the GroupWise system you are currently connected

to. The GroupWise system’s name is displayed in the lower left
corner of the ConsoleOne window.

Primary Domain Represents the system’s primary domain. To ensure

consistency, all replication of GroupWise information to the
GroupWise domain and post office databases takes place
through the primary domain. For additional information, see

Part II, “Domains,” on page 109.

Secondary Domain Represents any additional domains, other than the primary,

created in the GroupWise system. For additional information,
see Part II, “Domains,” on page 109.

Current Domain Represents the domain to which ConsoleOne is currently

connected. For information about changing the current domain,
see Section 9.1, “Connecting to a Domain,” on page 127.

44 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

Icon GroupWise Object Additional Information

External Domain Represents a domain from another GroupWise system.

Non-GroupWise Domain Represents all or part of a non-GroupWise system.

Post Office Represents a collection of user accounts (mailboxes). For

additional information, see Part III, “Post Offices,” on page 153.

External Post Office Represents a post office in an external GroupWise system or a

non-GroupWise system.

User Represents an eDirectory user who has been given a

GroupWise account in a post office. For additional information,
see Part IV, “Users,” on page 201.

External Entity Represents a user not listed in eDirectory who has been given a

GroupWise account in a post office. For additional information,
see Part IV, “Users,” on page 201.

External User Represents a user in an external GroupWise system or a non-

GroupWise system.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Resource Represents a conference room or some other resource that can

be scheduled by users. For additional information, see Part V,

“Resources,” on page 247.

External Resource Represents a resource that belongs to an external GroupWise

system or a non-GroupWise system.

Distribution List Represents a group of users or resources that can all be

addressed by using the distribution list’s name. For additional
information, see Part VI, “Distribution Lists, Groups, and

Organizational Roles,” on page 261.

Group Represents an eDirectory group. eDirectory groups, like

distribution lists, can be addressed by using the group’s name.
Any members of the group who have GroupWise accounts
receive the message. For additional information, see Part VI,

“Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles,” on
page 261.

Organizational Role Represents an eDirectory organizational role. eDirectory

organizational roles, like distribution lists, can be addressed by
using the organizational role’s name. Any members of the role
who have GroupWise accounts receive the message. For
additional information, see Part VI, “Distribution Lists, Groups,

and Organizational Roles,” on page 261.

Library Represents a collection of documents. For additional

information, see Chapter 21, “Document Management Services

Overview,” on page 293.

Nickname Represents an additional address associated with a user,

resource, or distribution list. For additional information, see

Part IV, “Users,” on page 201, Part V, “Resources,” on
page 247, or Part VI, “Distribution Lists, Groups, and
Organizational Roles,” on page 261.

Message Transfer Agent Represents a Message Transfer Agent (MTA) associated with a

domain. For additional information, see Part X, “Message

Transfer Agent,” on page 603.

GroupWise View 45

Icon GroupWise Object Additional Information

Post Office Agent Represents a Post Office Agent (POA) associated with a post

office. For additional information, see Part IX, “Post Office

Agent,” on page 461.

Gateway Represents a method of linking to another e-mail system or

transport. For additional information, see the GroupWise

gateway guides (http://www.novell.com/documentation/
gwgateways).

3.3 Customizing the GroupWise View

You can change the column display, order, and width to customize the GroupWise View.

Changes are preserved from one ConsoleOne session to the next. In addition, your last view is
persistent from session to session. For example, if you last used the Distribution Lists view, the next
time you start ConsoleOne and open the GroupWise View, the Distribution Lists view is displayed.
If the last-used view is not applicable (for example, you had the Gateways view open and when the
new ConsoleOne session starts you select a Post Office object), the GroupWise View defaults to the
Users view.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

 Section 3.3.1, “Changing the Column Display and Order,” on page 46

 Section 3.3.2, “Changing the Column Widths,” on page 47

3.3.1 Changing the Column Display and Order

For each view (Users, Distribution Lists, Gateways, Post Offices, and so forth), you can determine
which columns are displayed and the order in which they are displayed.

1 Select GroupWise System in the left (tree) pane, then select the view (for example, Users).

2 If you are changing the Users view, use the drop-down list to select how you want to sort users

(ID Sort, User Name Sort, First Name Sort, or Last Name Sort).

46 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

The Users view allows you to sort by ID, user name, first name, or last name. Each of these is
treated as a separate Users view for which you can determine the column display and order.
The views for different objects offer different sort options.

3 Click View > Edit Columns to display the Select GroupWise View Columns dialog box.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

4 To add a column, select the column in the Available Fields list, then click the left-arrow to add

it to the Selected Columns list.

5 To determine the display order, select a column in the Selected Columns list, then click the up-

arrow and down-arrow to move it to the desired position.

6 To remove a column, select the column in the Selected Columns list, then click the right-arrow

to add it to the Available Fields list.

7 When you are finished, click OK to save your changes.

3.3.2 Changing the Column Widths

You can change column widths in a view by dragging the right or left edge of the column label.

GroupWise View 47

3.4 Searching in the GroupWise View

You can search for a specific entry in a view. The search is performed on the first column. For
example, if the Resources view is displayed, you can search for a specific resource based on its
object ID. If the Users view (with Last Name Sort selected) is displayed, you can search for a
specific user based on the user’s last name.

With the Users view, if you have First Name Sort or Last Name Sort selected, you can search for a
complete user name (both first and last name) by using a comma as a delimiter between the names.
A space after the comma is optional.

For example, if the Users view displays first names in the first column and last names in the second
column, you can type John,Smith to go directly to that user name. If the columns were reversed, you
could use Smith,John.

To perform a search:

1 Change to the view you want to search.

2 Select the first entry in the view.

3 Type the text to search for.

As you type text, a text box appears in the lower right corner of the GroupWise View.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

3.5 Performing Administrative Tasks from the
GroupWise View

You can perform many GroupWise administrative tasks from the GroupWise View as well as from
the eDirectory View. For example, you can:

 Create new objects.

 Modify the properties of an object.

 Move, rename, or delete an object from the GroupWise system.

 Use the GroupWise utilities, system operations, and diagnostic options on the Tools menu.

In addition, external objects must be created and managed in the GroupWise View because they are,
by definition, external to eDirectory and have no eDirectory context. For example, if you install the

48 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

GroupWise Internet Agent and want to simplify addressing for your users by adding the Internet as a
non-GroupWise domain, you must perform the task in the GroupWise View.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

GroupWise View 49

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

50 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

4

GroupWise System Operations

The GroupWise® system operations in ConsoleOne® allow you to perform various tasks to maintain
and optimize your GroupWise system. The following sections provide information about the system
operations included on the Tool s menu (To ols > GroupWise System Operations):

 Section 4.1, “Select Domain,” on page 51

 Section 4.2, “System Preferences,” on page 53

 Section 4.3, “eDirectory User Synchronization,” on page 59

 Section 4.4, “Admin-Defined Fields,” on page 60

 Section 4.5, “Pending Operations,” on page 60

 Section 4.6, “Addressing Rules,” on page 61

 Section 4.7, “Time Zones,” on page 61

 Section 4.8, “External System Synchronization,” on page 64

 Section 4.9, “Software Directory Management,” on page 64

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

4

 Section 4.10, “Restore Area Management,” on page 69

 Section 4.11, “Internet Addressing,” on page 69

 Section 4.12, “Trusted Applications,” on page 69

 Section 4.13, “LDAP Servers,” on page 71

 Section 4.14, “Global Signatures,” on page 71

NOTE: If the majority of the items on the GroupWise System Operations menu are dimmed, you are
connected to a secondary domain in a GroupWise system where Restrict System Operations to
Primary Domain has been selected under System Preferences. For more information, see

Section 4.2, “System Preferences,” on page 53.

4.1 Select Domain

By default, ConsoleOne must be connected to a GroupWise domain in order for you to administer
your GroupWise system. Being connected to a GroupWise domain ensures that information is
replicated not only in Novell
databases.

You can be connected to any domain in the GroupWise system. As shown in the following example,
the domain to which you are connected is indicated by a plug on the domain’s icon. In addition, the
connected domain is listed at the bottom of the ConsoleOne window.

®

eDirectoryTM but also in the GroupWise domain and post office

GroupWise System Operations

51

Figure 4-1 ConsoleOne Window Showing the Domain You Are Connected To

Some administrative tasks require you to be connected to a specific domain but others do not. In
general, operations that create new GroupWise container objects or delete GroupWise container
objects require you to be connected to the domain where the object resides. Operations that add or
delete leaf object or modify the properties of an existing object do not require you to be connected to
the object’s domain.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

To change the domain to which you are connected:

1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Select Domain.

2 Browse to and select the domain directory, then click OK to connect to the domain.

NOTE: You can also connect to a domain by right-clicking the domain in the GroupWise View and
clicking Connect.

Being connected to a domain means that ConsoleOne has write access to the domain database
(wpdomain.db). How the write access is achieved depends on the platform where you are running
ConsoleOne and the platform where the domain is located.

52 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

Table 4-1 Domain Connection Options

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

ConsoleOne
Platform

Windows
ConsoleOne

Linux
ConsoleOne

Domain Platform Connection Options

NetWare server Mapped drive

Linux server Samba mount where the path to the domain on the Linux server is

prefixed by the Linux server hostname from the point of view of
ConsoleOne

Windows server Local drive

Mapped drive

NetWare server File system mount where the mount point directory matches the

NetWare server hostname and volume name

Linux server Local directory

Mounted file system where the mount point directory matches the
domain directory on the mounted file system

Windows server Mounted file system where the mount point directory matches the

Windows server hostname and share

The database location is stored internally in UNC path format
(\\server\volume\directory) but is displayed on the Domain object Identification page in
ConsoleOne based on the platform of ConsoleOne and the database location.

Table 4-2 Database Locations

ConsoleOne
Platform

Windows
ConsoleOne

Linux
ConsoleOne

Domain Platform Database Location

NetWare server \\NetWare_server\volume\domain_directory

Linux server \\Linux_server\domain_directory

Windows server \\Windows_server\share\domain_directory

NetWare server /mnt/NetWare_server/volume/domain_directory

Linux server /domain_directory

Windows server /mnt/Windows_server/share/domain_directory

When you click Connect, ConsoleOne uses the domain’s UNC path to automatically connect you to
the correct domain if possible; otherwise, you must manually browse to and select the domain
database in order to connect to the domain.

4.2 System Preferences

You can use the GroupWise system preferences to configure the defaults for various GroupWise
system settings.

To change the system preferences:

GroupWise System Operations 53

1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > System Preferences.

The GroupWise System Preferences dialog box contains the following tabs:

 Admin Preferences: Controls how rights are assigned and what network ID format is used

when creating new GroupWise users. By default, rights are assigned automatically and the
fully distinguished name format is used.

 Routing Options: Controls default message routing for your GroupWise system. By

default, no routing domain is assigned.

 External Access Rights: Controls the access that users on external GroupWise systems

have to your GroupWise users’ information. By default, Busy Search and status tracking
information is not returned to users on external GroupWise systems.

 Nickname Settings: Controls what happens when you move a user from one post office to

another. By default, nicknames representing old addresses are not automatically created
when users are moved.

 Default Password: Assigns a default password for new GroupWise user accounts. By

default, you must manually assign a password for each GroupWise account you create.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

 Admin Lockout Settings: Controls access to the GroupWise administration functions in

ConsoleOne. By default, there are no restrictions.

 Linux Settings (Linux ConsoleOne Only): Establishes the mount directory where

ConsoleOne can find mounted file systems where domains and post offices are located.

2 Change the system preferences as needed.

3 Click OK to save the changes.

4.2.1 Admin Preferences

1 Click the Admin Preferences tab to modify any of the following options:

54 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

Set Access Rights Automatically: Users require specific eDirectory and file system rights in
order to use GroupWise (see Chapter 77, “GroupWise User Rights,” on page 1153). Select this
option to automatically grant these rights when creating a GroupWise account for users.

Appropriate eDirectory object rights enable the GroupWise client to log in to the user’s post
office without prompting the user for the post office location (IP address, UNC path, or mapped
drive.)

Appropriate file system rights enable the GroupWise client to directly access the post office
directory rather than use client/server access.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

When Creating or Modifying Objects, For Network ID Use: Select Full Distinguished

®

Name (for example, paul.engineering.ny) when users’ mailboxes reside on a NetWare

4.1x or

later server and users have an eDirectory connection to the server where the post office resides.

Select Common Name (for example, paul) under the following circumstances:

 The users’ mailboxes reside on a NetWare 3.1 server.

 The users’ mailboxes reside on a NetWare 4.1x server but users have a bindery emulation

connection to the server where the post office resides.

 Users’ GroupWise IDs are different from their NetWare IDs.

Display Identity Manager (DirXML) Warnings: The Identity Manager Driver for
GroupWise provides data integration between GroupWise users and groups in eDirectory. For
example, you can have an e-mail account automatically created as soon as an employee is
hired. The same driver can also disable an e-mail account when a user is no longer active.

If you are using the Identity Manager Driver for GroupWise, some GroupWise operations that
you perform in ConsoleOne require you to take preliminary actions with the driver. For
example, if you recover a deleted account, you need to stop the driver before recovering the
account and restart it after the operation is complete.

This option enables you to receive a warning message whenever you perform a GroupWise
operation in ConsoleOne that is affected by the Identity Manager driver. The warning message
includes instructions about the actions you need to take with the driver before continuing with
the GroupWise operation. If you are using the Identity Manager Driver for GroupWise, we
strongly recommend that you enable this option. If you are not using the driver, you can disable
the option to avoid receiving unnecessary messages.

For more information, see “GroupWise DirXML Driver for Novell Identity Manager” in the

GroupWise 7 Interoperability Guide.

2 Click OK to save the changes.

4.2.2 Routing Options

1 Click the Routing Options tab to modify any of the following options:

GroupWise System Operations 55

Default Routing Domain: If a domain’s MTA cannot resolve a message’s address, the
message is routed to this default domain’s MTA. The default domain’s MTA can then be
configured to handle the undeliverable messages. This might involve routing the message to
another GroupWise domain or to an Internet address (by performing a DNS lookup). Browse to
and select the GroupWise domain you want to use as the default routing domain.

Force All Messages to this Domain: This option applies only if you select a default routing
domain. Select this option to force all messages to be routed through the default routing domain
regardless of the links you have configured for your GroupWise system’s domains.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

MTAs Send Directly to Other GroupWise Systems: Select this option if you want all MTAs
in your GroupWise system to perform DNS lookups and route messages out across the Internet.
If you deselect this option, you can designate individual MTAs to perform DNS lookups and
route messages to the Internet. For more information, see “Using Dynamic Internet Links” in
“Connecting to GroupWise 5.x, 6.x, and 7.x Systems” in the GroupWise 7 Multi-System

Administration Guide.

2 Click OK to save the changes.

4.2.3 External Access Rights

1 Click the External Access Rights tab to modify any of the following options:

Allow External Busy Search: Select this option to enable users in other GroupWise systems
to perform Busy Searches on your GroupWise users’ Calendars.

Allow External Status Tracking: Select this option to enable users in other GroupWise
systems to receive message status information (such as whether a message has been delivered,
opened, and so on) when messages arrive in your GroupWise system.

2 Click OK to save the changes.

56 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

4.2.4 Nickname Settings

1 Click the Nickname Settings tab to modify any of the following options:

Auto-Create on User Move: A nickname is an alternative address that can be associated with
a user. Whenever you move a user, GroupWise can automatically create a nickname with the
user’s old name and old post office. This enables messages sent to the old name to be
automatically forwarded to the user’s new address. Select whether or not you want GroupWise
to never create nicknames, always create nicknames, or prompt you during the move process.:

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Expire After: This option applies only if you selected Always or Prompt. If you want the
nickname to be automatically removed after a period of time, specify the time period (in days).
Valid values range from 1 to 365 days. A setting of 0 indicates that the nickname will not be
automatically removed after the specified time period.

2 Click OK to save the changes.

4.2.5 Default Password

1 Click the Default Password tab to modify any of the following options:

Default Password for New Users: Specify the default password you want assigned to new
GroupWise user accounts.

2 Click OK to save the changes.

4.2.6 Admin Lockout Settings

1 Click the Admin Lockout Settings tab to modify any of the following options:

GroupWise System Operations 57

Restrict System Operations to Primary Domain: Enable this option to allow an
administrator to perform system operations (Too ls > GroupWise System Operations) only when
he or she is connected to the primary domain. All operations except Select Domain, Pending
Operations, and Restore Area Management are unavailable when connected to a secondary
domain.

Lock Out Older GroupWise Administration Snap-Ins: Enable this option to prevent
administrators from using older GroupWise ConsoleOne snap-ins for accessing GroupWise
objects in eDirectory. You can override these system lockout settings for individual domains
(Domain object > GroupWise > Admin Lockout Settings).

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

There are four GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne, one for general administration, one for
Internet Agent administration, and two for WebAccess administration. The ability to lock out
older GroupWise snap-ins starts with GroupWise 6.5.

In the Minimum Snap-In Release Version (x.x.x) field, specify the version number of the oldest
GroupWise snap-ins that can be used to administer your GroupWise system.

In the Minimum Snap-in Release Date field, select the date of the oldest GroupWise snap-ins
that can be used to administer your GroupWise system.

You can specify the minimum version, the minimum date, or both. If you specify both
minimums, any administrator using snap-ins that are older than both minimums cannot use the
GroupWise snap-ins. However, such an administrator can still run ConsoleOne for other
purposes but must update the GroupWise snap-ins before GroupWise administration features
are available again.

NOTE: Default admin lockout settings can be overridden on individual domains as needed.

2 Click OK to save the changes.

4.2.7 Linux Settings (Linux ConsoleOne Only)

1 On Linux, click the Linux Settings tab to specify the mount directory.

58 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

Mount Directory: Specify the mount directory where ConsoleOne can find mounted file
systems where domains and post offices are located.

GroupWise databases can be located on Linux servers, NetWare servers, or Windows servers.
In the Linux mount directory, you create directories that have the same names as the servers
that are mounted to those mount points. You do this for each server where a domain or post
office is located that you want to access from ConsoleOne. The following table illustrates the
correspondence between UNC paths and mount point directories for GroupWise database
locations on Linux, NetWare, and Windows, assuming the typical mount point directory of /
mnt:

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Platform GroupWise Domain UNC Path

Linux \\Linux_server\GW_partition\domain_directory /mnt/Linux_server/

NetWare \\NetWare_server\GW_volume\domain_directory /mnt/

Windows \\Windows_server\GW_share\domain_directory /mnt/

Corresponding Linux
Mount Point

GW_partition

NetWare_server/
GW_volume

Windows_server/
GW_share

GroupWise administrators can have different mount points depending on the workstation or
server where they are running ConsoleOne. The mount directory information is stored in a
user-specific preferences file (.consoleone/SnapinPrefs.ser in each GroupWise
administrator’s home directory).

2 Click OK to save the changes.

4.3 eDirectory User Synchronization

For user information to be displayed in the GroupWise Address Book, it must be stored not only in
eDirectory but also in the GroupWise domain and post office databases. If you add or modify user
information using an installation of ConsoleOne with the GroupWise Administrator snap-in, the
GroupWise Administrator snap-in adds the user information to the GroupWise databases. However,
if you add or modify user information using a ConsoleOne installation that is not running the
GroupWise Administrator snap-in, the user information is not changed in the GroupWise databases.
This is also true if you add or modify user information using Novell iManager or older
administration tools such as NetWare Administrator.

GroupWise System Operations 59

To ensure that the user information stored in the GroupWise databases is always synchronized with
the user information in eDirectory, you can set up eDirectory user synchronization. For detailed
information see Section 41.4.1, “Using eDirectory User Synchronization,” on page 638.

4.4 Admin-Defined Fields

eDirectory includes user information that is not associated to GroupWise user fields. For example, a
User object includes Postal Address fields named City, State, and Zip Code. By default, these fields
are not displayed in the GroupWise Address Book. However, you can use the Admin-Defined Fields
feature to map eDirectory user fields to GroupWise fields so that they can be displayed in the
GroupWise Address Book. For instructions, see Section 6.1.1, “Adding eDirectory Fields to the

Address Book,” on page 86.

4.5 Pending Operations

Pending operations are the results of administrative operations, such as adding GroupWise objects
and modifying GroupWise object properties, that have not yet been permanently written to the
appropriate GroupWise databases. While operations are pending, GroupWise data is not in a
consistent state.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

For example, you can maintain any domain’s objects you have administrative rights over. However,
because a secondary domain owns its own objects, any operation you perform from the primary
domain on a secondary domain’s objects must be validated by the secondary domain. While the
operation is being validated, the Pending Operations dialog box displays object details and the
pending operation.

While the operation is pending, the object is marked Unsafe in the primary domain database. The
Operation field in the dialog box displays the pending operation. An unsafe object can have other
operations performed on it, such as being added to a distribution list; however, the object record is
not distributed to other domains and post offices in the system until it is marked Safe.

All pending operations require confirmation that the operation was either successfully performed or
could not be performed. If the operation was successful, the pending operation is removed from the
list, the record is marked in the database as Safe, and the record is distributed to all other domains
and post offices in your system. If the operation could not be performed, the pending operation
remains in the list where you can monitor and manage it.

1 In ConsoleOne, connect to the domain whose pending operations you want to view, as

described in Section 4.1, “Select Domain,” on page 51.

2 Make sure the agents are running for the domain and/or post office where you are checking for

pending operations

3 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Pending Operations.

While an operation is being validated, the Pending Operations dialog box displays the object
and the operation waiting completion and confirmation.

4 For more detailed information, select the pending operation, then click View.

5 If conditions on the network have changed so that a pending operation might now succeed,

select the pending operation, then click Retry.

6 If you want to cancel a pending operating that has not yet taken place, select the pending

operation, then click Undo.

60 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

4.6 Addressing Rules

You can use the Addressing Rules feature to configure GroupWise so that users can enter shortened
forms of e-mail addresses. For more information, see Section 6.8, “Facilitating Addressing through

GroupWise Gateways,” on page 100.

4.7 Time Zones

When you create a domain or post office, you select the time zone in which it is located. This
ensures that GroupWise users in other time zones receive Calendar events and tracking information
adjusted for local time.

The time zone list includes predefined definitions for each time zone. Most time zones include
multiple definitions to account for different locations within the time zone. Each time zone
definition allows you to specify the Daylight Saving Time dates and bias (1 hour, 30 minutes, etc.).

You can modify existing time zone definitions, add new definitions, or delete definitions.

 Section 4.7.1, “Modifying a Time Zone Definition,” on page 61

 Section 4.7.2, “Adding a Time Zone Definition,” on page 62

 Section 4.7.3, “Deleting a Time Zone Definition,” on page 63

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

4.7.1 Modifying a Time Zone Definition

1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Time Z ones.

2 Select the time zone to modify, then click Edit to display the Edit Time Zone dialog box.

GroupWise System Operations 61

3 Modify any of the following fields:

Time Zone Name: Provide a name for the time zone definition (for example, some of the
major cities in the time zone). We suggest you include a reference (+ or -) to GMT, for example
(GMT-07:00). The time zone list is sorted by the GMT offset.

Offset from GMT: Specify the hours and minutes that the time zone is offset from Greenwich
Mean Time. The offset from GMT keeps your different locations synchronized. For example, if
a conference call is scheduled for 4:00 p.m. June 1 in Salt Lake City, the call would appear on a
schedule in Adelaide at 8:30 a.m. June 2. If you are in the western hemisphere (west of the
Greenwich Meridian and east of the International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is negative
(-). If you are in the eastern hemisphere (east of the Greenwich meridian and west of the
International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is positive.

Abbreviation: Specify an abbreviation for the time zone. For example, the abbreviation for
Atlantic Standard Time could be AST; the abbreviation for Atlantic Daylight Time could be
ADT.

Observe Daylight Saving Time: If the time zone observes daylight saving time, click the
Observe Daylight Saving Time box, then fill out the remaining fields:

 Start Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time starts.

 Last Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time ends.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

 Bias: Select the number of hours and minutes that the clock changes at the daylight saving

time start day, such as1 hour or 1 hour 30 minutes.

4 Click OK to save the changes.

4.7.2 Adding a Time Zone Definition

1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Time Z ones.

2 Click Add to display the Add Time Zone dialog box.

62 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

3 Fill in the following fields:

Time Zone Name: Provide a name for the time zone definition (for example, some of the
major cities in the time zone). We suggest you include a reference (+ or -) to GMT, for example
(GMT-07:00). The time zone list is sorted by the GMT offset.

Offset from GMT: Specify the hours and minutes that the time zone is offset from Greenwich
Mean Time. The offset from GMT keeps your different locations synchronized. For example, if
a conference call is scheduled for 4:00 p.m. June 1 in Salt Lake City, the call would appear on a
schedule in Adelaide at 8:30 a.m. June 2. If you are in the western hemisphere (west of the
Greenwich Meridian and east of the International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is negative
(-). If you are in the eastern hemisphere (east of the Greenwich meridian and west of the
International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is positive.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Abbreviation: Specify an abbreviation for the time zone. For example, the abbreviation for
Atlantic Standard Time could be AST; the abbreviation for Atlantic Daylight Time could be
ADT.

Observe Daylight Saving Time: If the time zone observes daylight saving time, click the
Observe Daylight Saving Time box, then fill out the remaining fields:

 Start Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time starts.

 Last Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time ends.

 Bias: Select the number of hours and minutes that the clock changes at the daylight saving

time start day, such as1 hour or 1 hour 30 minutes.

4 Click OK to add the definition to the time zone list.

4.7.3 Deleting a Time Zone Definition

When you delete a time zone from the list, you can no longer select it for a domain or post office.

1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Time Z ones.

GroupWise System Operations 63

2 Select the time zone to remove from the list, click Delete, then click Yes to confirm the deletion.

4.8 External System Synchronization

The External System Synchronization feature lets you automatically synchronize information
between your system and an external GroupWise system connected to your system. For information
about connecting GroupWise systems and keeping information synchronized between them, see
“Connecting to GroupWise 5.x, 6.x, and 7.x Systems” in the GroupWise 7 Multi-System

Administration Guide.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

4.9 Software Directory Management

The Software Directory Management feature lets you manage GroupWise software distribution
directories. A software distribution directory is simply an image of the GroupWise CDs located on a
network server. Diagrams of the contents of software distribution directories are provided in
“Directory Structure Diagrams” in GroupWise 7 Troubleshooting 3: Message Flow and Directory

Structure:

 “NetWare/Windows Software Distribution Directory”

 “Linux Software Distribution Directory”

From this network location, you can distribute the GroupWise client software to users or install
additional GroupWise software such as the Message Transfer Agent, Post Office Agent, Internet
Agent, WebAccess, and Monitor.

When you install GroupWise, one software distribution directory is created automatically. Using
Software Directory Management, you can create additional software distribution directories, update
existing software distribution directories, or delete existing software distribution directories. A
single software distribution directory can service multiple post offices and can contain software for
multiple platforms.

The preferred configuration is to create a software distribution directory on each server where one or
more post offices are located. When you use this configuration, the POA for a post office does not
need to access a remote server when performing Windows client software updates, as described in

Section 66.1, “Using GroupWise AutoUpdate and SetupIP to Distribute the GroupWise Windows
Client,” on page 1081.

 Section 4.9.1, “Creating a Software Distribution Directory,” on page 65

64 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

 Section 4.9.2, “Updating a Software Distribution Directory,” on page 67

 Section 4.9.3, “Deleting a Software Distribution Directory,” on page 68

4.9.1 Creating a Software Distribution Directory

1 Make sure the directory you want to use as the software distribution directory exists.

All distribution subdirectories (admin, agents, client, and so forth) will be created under this
directory.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Software Directory Management to display the

Software Distribution Directory Management dialog box.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

The Software Distribution Directories list includes all software distribution directories defined
in your GroupWise system.

3 Click Create to display the Create Software Distribution Directory dialog box.

4 Fill in the following fields:

Name: Specify a name to identify the software distribution directory within your GroupWise
system. For example, whenever you create a post office, you associate it with a software
distribution directory. The software distribution directory’s name, not its location, appears in

GroupWise System Operations 65

the list of directories from which you can select. The name can include any characters; there are
no restrictions.

Description: Specify an optional description for the software distribution directory. You might
want to use this description to indicate the software version or to give other pertinent
information.

Location: Specify the location where you want to create the software distribution directory. If
you specify a path to a directory that does not exist, ConsoleOne creates the directory for you.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

NetWare
and
Windows:

Linux: In the Linux Path field, specify the location where you want to create a software

Macintosh: The AppleTalk Path field is used only if you are still running the GroupWise 5.2

In the UNC Path field, specify the location where you want to create a software
distribution directory based on the GroupWise 7 Administrator and Client (NetWare/
Windows) CDs. The Windows client checks this location for software updates.

distribution directory based on the GroupWise 7 Administrator and Client (Linux)
CDs. The Cross-Platform client checks this location for software updates for both the
Linux and Macintosh versions of the Cross-Platform client.

Macintosh client.

You can fill in more than one field in order to distribute software for multiple platforms from a
single software distribution directory.

Copy Software From: Select this option to copy GroupWise software to the new directory,
then choose from the following source locations:

 Software Distribution Directory: If you want to copy software from an existing

software distribution directory, select this option, then select the software distribution
directory. All directories are copied.

 Path: If you want to copy software from a location that is not defined as a software

distribution directory in your GroupWise system (such as the GroupWise CDs), select this
option, then browse for and select the correct path.

5 Click OK to create the software distribution directory and add it to the list.

6 Click Close to exit the dialog box.

Each time it starts, the POA checks to make sure it can access all of the software distribution
directories in the list. If it encounters a problem accessing any software distribution directory, the

66 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

POA notifies you of the problem through the POA agent console and the POA log file. This helps
ensure that each software distribution directory is always available.

4.9.2 Updating a Software Distribution Directory

1 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Software Directory Management to display the

Software Distribution Directory Management dialog box.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

The Software Distribution Directories list includes all software distribution directories defined
in your GroupWise system.

2 Select the software distribution directory to update, then click Update to display the Update

Software Distribution Directory dialog box.

3 Fill in the following fields:

Update by Copying From: Select this option, then choose from the following source
locations:

 Software Distribution Directory: If you want to copy software from an existing software

distribution directory, select this option, then select the software distribution directory. All
files and subdirectories are copied.

 Path: If you want to copy software from a location, that is not defined as a software

distribution directory in your GroupWise system (such as the GroupWise CDs), select this
option, then browse for and select the correct path.

Force Auto-Update Check by GroupWise Components: This option causes the GroupWise
Post Office Agent (in client/server access mode) or the GroupWise client (in direct access
mode) to check the software distribution directory for a new version of the GroupWise client; if
a new version is found, the next time a user starts the GroupWise client, he or she is prompted
to update the client software.

GroupWise System Operations 67

The Force Auto-Update Check by GroupWise Components option is automatically selected
when you select the Update by Copying From option. If you don’t select the Update by
Copying From option, you can still select this option and then click OK. This forces an auto-
update check of the client software version, but the software distribution directory’s files are
not updated.

To determine the current client software version in ConsoleOne, click Too ls > GroupWise
Diagnostics > Record Enumerations to display a list of record types in the domain database.
From the drop-down list, select Areas by ID, select a software distribution directory, then click

Info to list detailed information about the software distribution directory. Check the Software
Version field to determine the GroupWise client software version.

4 Click OK to update the directory’s software.

4.9.3 Deleting a Software Distribution Directory

When you delete a software distribution directory, the directory is removed from the file system and
no longer appears in the list of software distribution directories.

To delete a software distribution directory:

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

1 Make sure that no post offices still have the software distribution directory assigned to them.

If you try to delete a software distribution directory that is still in use, an error notifies you. The
software distribution directory is assigned on the Post Office Settings property page of each
Post Office object.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Software Directory Management to display the

Software Distribution Directory Management dialog box.

The Software Distribution Directories list includes all software distribution directories defined
in your GroupWise system.

3 Select the directory to delete, click Delete, then click Yes to confirm the deletion.

4.10 Restore Area Management

A restore area is a location you designate to hold a backup copy of a post office so that you or
GroupWise users can access it to retrieve mailbox items that are unavailable in your live GroupWise
system. The Restore Area Management feature lets you manage your GroupWise system’s restore
areas.

68 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

Detailed information for using restore areas is provided in Section 32.5, “Restoring Deleted Mailbox

Items,” on page 413. Information about backing up post offices is provided in Section 31.2,
“Backing Up a Post Office,” on page 407.

4.11 Internet Addressing

By default, GroupWise uses a proprietary address format consisting of a user’s ID, post office, and
domain (userID.post_office.domain). After you install the GroupWise Internet Agent, you can
configure your GroupWise system to handle one or more formats of Internet e-mail addresses. For
setup instructions, see Chapter 45, “Configuring Internet Addressing,” on page 703

4.12 Trusted Applications

Trusted applications are third-party programs that can authenticate to Post Office Agents (POAs)
and Internet Agents in order to access GroupWise mailboxes without needing personal user
passwords. Trusted applications might perform such services as message retention or
synchronization with mobile devices. The Trusted Application feature in ConsoleOne allows you to
configure and delete trusted applications that are in use in your GroupWise system.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

 Section 4.12.1, “Creating a Key for a Trusted Application,” on page 69

 Section 4.12.2, “Configuring a Trusted Application,” on page 69

 Section 4.12.3, “Deleting a Trusted Application,” on page 71

For security guidelines for managing trusted applications, see Section 81.6, “Protecting Trusted

Applications,” on page 1169.

4.12.1 Creating a Key for a Trusted Application

For information about creating and installing trusted applications, see GroupWise Trusted

Application API (http://developer.novell.com/wiki/index.php/
GroupWise_Trusted_Application_API) at the Novell Developer Kit Web site (http://
developer.novell.com/wiki/index.php/Category:Novell_Developer_Kit).

When a trusted application is created by a third party, the application must create a key that the
application uses to authenticate to the GroupWise system. Although the trusted application itself can
run on NetWare, Linux, or Windows, creating the trusted application key must currently take place
on Windows. Creating the key causes the trusted application to be listed in ConsoleOne.

4.12.2 Configuring a Trusted Application

By default, a trusted application can authenticate to your GroupWise system from any network
address. For tighter security, you can specify a particular IP address or DNS hostname from which
the trusted application is allowed to authenticate. In addition, you can require a secure SSL
connected, as needed.

1 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Trusted Applications to display the Configure

Trusted Applications dialog box.

GroupWise System Operations 69

2 In the Trusted Applications list, select the application you want to edit, then click Edit.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

3 Modify any of the following fields:

Name: This field displays the trusted application’s name. You cannot change the name. It is
provided by the third-party program.

Description: Specify a description for the trusted application.

Requires SSL: Select this option to require a secure SSL connection between the trusted

application and POAs and Internet Agents.

Provides Message Retention Service: Select this option if the purpose of the trusted
application is to retain GroupWise user messages by copying them from GroupWise mailboxes
(user databases) into another storage medium.

Turning on this option only defines the trusted application as a Message Retention Service
application. In order for GroupWise mailboxes to support message retention, you must turn on
the Enable Message Retention Service option in the GroupWise Client Options (Tools menu>
GroupWise Utilities> Client Options > Environment > Retention). You can enable individual
mailboxes, all mailboxes in a post office, or all mailboxes in a domain by selecting the
appropriate object (User, Post Office, or Domain) before selecting GroupWise Client Options.
For more information, see Chapter 65, “Setting Defaults for the GroupWise Client Options,” on

page 1045.

For information about the complete process required to use a trusted application for message
retention, see Chapter 33, “Retaining User Messages,” on page 419.

TCP/IP Address: If you want to restrict the location from which the trusted application can
authenticate to your GroupWise system, specify the network address of the server where the
application runs. In the TCP/IP Address field, click Edit, then specify the IP address or DNS
hostname of the trusted application’s server.

If you want to allow the trusted application to authenticate from any server, do not specify an IP
address or DNS hostname.

For information about how the POA handles trusted application processing of message files, see

Section 36.3.6, “Configuring Trusted Application Support,” on page 507.

70 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

4.12.3 Deleting a Trusted Application

1 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Trusted Applications to display the Configure

Trusted Applications dialog box.

2 In the Trusted Applications list, select the application you want to delete, click Delete, then

click Yes to confirm the deletion.

4.13 LDAP Servers

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

The LDAP Servers feature lets you define the LDAP servers you want to use for LDAP
authentication to GroupWise mailboxes.

For information about defining LDAP servers, see “Providing LDAP Server Configuration

Information” on page 501.

For information about using LDAP for user authentication to GroupWise mailboxes, see “Providing

LDAP Authentication for GroupWise Users” on page 501.

4.14 Global Signatures

You can build a list of globally available signatures that can be automatically appended to messages
sent by GroupWise client users. The global signature is appended to messages after any personal
signatures that users create for themselves. For setup instructions, see Section 14.3, “Adding a

Global Signature to Users’ Messages,” on page 219.

GroupWise System Operations 71

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

72 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

5

GroupWise Utilities

The GroupWise® utilities in ConsoleOne® are used to perform various maintenance and
configuration tasks for your GroupWise system. The following sections provide information about
the system utilities included on the To ol s menu (Tool s > GroupWise System Utilities):

 Section 5.1, “Mailbox/Library Maintenance,” on page 73

 Section 5.2, “System Maintenance,” on page 74

 Section 5.3, “Backup/Restore Mailbox,” on page 74

 Section 5.4, “Recover Deleted Account,” on page 74

 Section 5.5, “Client Options,” on page 74

 Section 5.6, “Expired Records,” on page 74

 Section 5.7, “Email Address Lookup,” on page 75

 Section 5.8, “Synchronize,” on page 75

 Section 5.9, “User Move Status,” on page 75

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

5

 Section 5.10, “Link Configuration,” on page 75

 Section 5.11, “Document Properties Maintenance,” on page 76

 Section 5.12, “Import/Export,” on page 76

 Section 5.13, “New System,” on page 76

 Section 5.14, “Check eDirectory Schema,” on page 76

 Section 5.15, “Gateway Alias Migration,” on page 77

 Section 5.16, “GW / eDirectory Association,” on page 77

 Section 5.17, “Standalone GroupWise Utilities,” on page 82

In addition to the system utilities included on the Tools menu in ConsoleOne, GroupWise includes
the following standalone utilities:

 Section 5.17.1, “GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck),” on page 82

 Section 5.17.2, “GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA),” on page 82

 Section 5.17.3, “GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW),” on page 82

 Section 5.17.4, “GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP),” on page 83

 Section 5.17.5, “GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY),” on page 83

 Section 5.17.6, “GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN),” on page 83

5.1 Mailbox/Library Maintenance

You can use the Mailbox/Library Maintenance utility to check the integrity of and repair user/
resource, message, and library databases, and to free disk space in post offices.

For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 27, “Maintaining User/Resource and Message

Databases,” on page 385, Chapter 28, “Maintaining Library Databases and Documents,” on
page 391, and Chapter 30, “Managing Database Disk Space,” on page 399.

GroupWise Utilities

73

5.2 System Maintenance

You can use the System Maintenance utility to check the integrity of and repair domain and post
office databases.

For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 26, “Maintaining Domain and Post Office

Databases,” on page 377.

5.3 Backup/Restore Mailbox

You can use the Backup/Restore Mailbox utility to restore an individual user’s Mailbox items from a
backup copy of the post office database.

For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 32, “Restoring GroupWise Databases from

Backup,” on page 411.

5.4 Recover Deleted Account

If you have a reliable backup procedure in place, you can use the Recover Deleted Account utility to
restore recently deleted user and resource accounts from the backup version of the GroupWise
primary domain database. After the account has been re-created, you can then restore the
corresponding mailbox and its contents to complete the process. Membership in distribution lists
and ownership of resources must be manually re-established.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

For complete instructions, see Section 32.6, “Recovering Deleted GroupWise Accounts,” on

page 416.

5.5 Client Options

You can use the Client Options utility to set the default options (preferences) for the GroupWise
client. You can set options at the domain, post office, or user level. Options set at the domain level
apply to all users in the domain, and options set at the post office level apply to all users in the post
office. If you don’t want users to change options, you can lock the options.

NOTE: The GroupWise Cross-Platform client does not yet support all of the client options that can
be set in ConsoleOne.

For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 65, “Setting Defaults for the GroupWise

Client Options,” on page 1045.

5.6 Expired Records

You can use the Expired Records utility to view and manage the GroupWise user accounts that have
an expiration date assigned to them.

For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 14.10, “Removing GroupWise Accounts,” on

page 241.

74 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

5.7 Email Address Lookup

You can use the Email Address Lookup utility to search for the GroupWise object (User, Resource,
Distribution List) that an e-mail address is associated with. You can then view the object’s
information. For more information, see Section 14.7.1, “Ensuring Unique E-Mail Addresses,” on

page 236.

5.8 Synchronize

GroupWise automatically replicates information (domain, post office, user, resource, and so forth) to
all domain and post office databases throughout your GroupWise system. This ensures that the
information in each database is synchronized.

Situations might occur, however, that result in information not being replicated to all domain and
post office databases. If you think that some information has not been replicated correctly, you can
cause the information to be replicated again so that it becomes synchronized throughout your entire
GroupWise system. For example, if you notice that a user’s information is incorrect in the Address
Book, you can synchronize that user’s eDirectory
replicated to all domain and post office databases again.

TM

User object so that his or her information is

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 29, “Synchronizing Database Information,”

on page 395.

5.9 User Move Status

You can use the User Move Status utility to track progress as you move users from one post office to
another. Using the User Move Status utility, you can:

 List users that are currently being moved and filter the list by domain, post office, and object.

 View the current status of the move for each object and see any errors that have occurred.

 Immediately retry a move where some of the information on the user inventory list failed to

arrive at the destination post office. By default, the POA retries automatically every 12 hours
for seven days to move all the information included on the user inventory list.

 Stop the POA from continuing its automatic retries.

 Restart (from the beginning) a move that has stopped before successful completion.

 Refresh the list to display current move status and clear completed moves from the list.

For more information, see Section 14.4.7, “Monitoring User Move Status,” on page 228.

5.10 Link Configuration

GroupWise domains and post offices must be properly linked in order for messages to flow
throughout your GroupWise system. You can use the Link Configuration utility to ensure that your
domains and post offices are properly linked and to optimize the links if necessary. For detailed
information and instructions, see Chapter 10, “Managing the Links between Domains and Post

Offices,” on page 137.

GroupWise Utilities 75

5.11 Document Properties Maintenance

Each document stored in the GroupWise Document Management Services (DMS) has properties
associated with it. These properties identify the document, determine its disposition (archive, delete,
keep), set its level of security, and provide information for locating it in searches. Certain document
properties are standard in GroupWise. You can also customize DMS for your organization by
defining additional properties. For detailed information and instructions, see Section 23.2.1,

“Customizing Document Properties,” on page 338.

NOTE: On Linux, Document properties maintenance is not available in ConsoleOne.

5.12 Import/Export

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

The GroupWise Import utility reads an ASCII-delimited text file created by the GroupWise Export
utility or by a third-party export, and creates Novell
attributes from the file. The Import utility supports most eDirectory classes (including extensions)
and GroupWise classes. You can specify the delimiters, eDirectory contexts, and file field positions
to use during import. For instructions, see Section 13.2.4, “Creating GroupWise Accounts by

Importing Users,” on page 209.

NOTE: On Linux, the Import/Export utility is not available for use in ConsoleOne.

®

eDirectory and GroupWise objects with

5.13 New System

You can use the New System utility to create a new GroupWise system.

The process for creating a new GroupWise system is similar to the process of creating your initial
GroupWise system (see “Installing a Basic GroupWise System” in the GroupWise 7 Installation

Guide), except that you don’t install the software from the GroupWise CDs. Instead, during creation

of the new system, you are asked to specify an existing software distribution directory to use in the
new system. If you don’t want to share software distribution directories between systems, you
should create a new distribution directory. For information about creating software distribution
directories, see Section 4.9, “Software Directory Management,” on page 64.

5.14 Check eDirectory Schema

GroupWise systems include GroupWise-specific objects that are not available in eDirectory until the
eDirectory schema for the tree has been extended for these objects. Schema extension takes place
automatically when you create a GroupWise system using the GroupWise Setup Advisor. You can
check an eDirectory tree to determine whether its schema has been extended for GroupWise.

1 In ConsoleOne, select a tree to check.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > Check eDirectory Schema.

If the eDirectory tree has not yet been extended for GroupWise, the eDirectory Schema
Extension dialog box lists the changes that are required for GroupWise.

76 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

3 Click Yes to extend the schema for GroupWise so that you can create GroupWise objects in the

selected tree.

or

Click No if you decide you do not want to be able to create GroupWise objects in the selected
tree.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

If the schema of the tree has already been extended for GroupWise objects, a message notifies you
of this and you can immediately create new GroupWise objects in the selected tree.

5.15 Gateway Alias Migration

If you have been using SMTP gateway aliases to handle e-mail addresses that do not fit the default
format expected by the Internet Agent or to customize users’ Internet addresses, the Gateway Alias
Migration utility can convert the usernames in those gateway aliases into preferred e-mail IDs. The
Preferred E-Mail ID feature was first introduced in GroupWise 6.5 and is the suggested method for
overriding the current e-mail address format, as described in Section 14.7.2, “Changing a User’s

Internet Addressing Settings,” on page 236. The Gateway Alias Migration utility can also update

users’ preferred Internet domain names based on their existing gateway aliases.

For usage instructions, see Section 45.3, “Transitioning from SMTP Gateway Aliases to Internet

Addressing,” on page 713.

5.16 GW / eDirectory Association

The GW / eDirectory Association menu includes the following options:

 Section 5.16.1, “Graft GroupWise Objects,” on page 78

 Section 5.16.2, “Invalid Associations,” on page 78

 Section 5.16.3, “Associate Objects,” on page 80

 Section 5.16.4, “Disassociate GroupWise Attributes,” on page 81

 Section 5.16.5, “Convert External Entity to User,” on page 81

 Section 5.16.6, “Convert User to External Entity,” on page 82

GroupWise Utilities 77

5.16.1 Graft GroupWise Objects

You can use the Graft GroupWise Objects utility to create GroupWise objects in the eDirectory tree
from the information in your GroupWise domain database. The utility creates Domain, Post Office,
and Gateway objects as well as User, Resource, and Distribution List objects. When grafting
GroupWise user information from the GroupWise database into eDirectory, you can match the
GroupWise user information to an existing User object, or you can create a new eDirectory External
Entity object and convert it into an eDirectory User object, as described in Section 5.16.5, “Convert

External Entity to User,” on page 81.

Grafting GroupWise objects from the GroupWise database into eDirectory can be useful in the
following situations:

 The GroupWise database includes information that is not included in eDirectory.

 You want to move GroupWise information (domains, post offices, gateways, users, or

resources) from one eDirectory tree to another.

To graft GroupWise objects:

1 In ConsoleOne, select a container in the eDirectory view.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Graft GroupWise Object

to display the Graft GroupWise Objects dialog box.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

3 Follow the on-screen prompts. If you need information about a dialog box, click the Help

button.

5.16.2 Invalid Associations

Normally, a GroupWise object in eDirectory points to corresponding information in the GroupWise
domain database. In turn, the information in the GroupWise domain database points back to its
corresponding object in eDirectory.

Occasionally, a situation might arise where information in the GroupWise domain database no
longer points to the same eDirectory object that points to it. This results in an invalid association
between the information in the two directories.

78 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

You can use the Invalid Associations utility to correct invalid associations between information in
the GroupWise domain database and eDirectory.

To check for invalid associations:

1 In the eDirectory View in ConsoleOne, select the container whose objects you want to check

for invalid associations (for example, an Organization, Organizational Unit, Domain, or Post
Office).

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Invalid Associations to

display the Invalid Associations dialog box.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

The dialog box lists each invalid association for the objects in the selected container. The
dialog box fields are described below:

 Object in Question (Column I): This field lists the eDirectory object that has an invalid

association to a GroupWise object. The eDirectory object points to the GroupWise object
listed in Column II, but the GroupWise object, according to the GroupWise domain
database, does not point back to the eDirectory object.

 GroupWise Object (Column II): This field lists the GroupWise object to which the

eDirectory object listed in Column I is associated.

 Linked to Object (Column III): This field lists the eDirectory object to which the

GroupWise object listed in Column II has a valid association.

3 To remove the invalid association by disassociating the eDirectory object in Column I with the

GroupWise object in Column II, select the association, then click Disassociate.

4 To remove the invalid association by deleting the eDirectory object listed in Column I, select

the association, then click Delete.

GroupWise Utilities 79

5.16.3 Associate Objects

You can use the Associate Objects utility to associate GroupWise information with an eDirectory
object.

For example, if you delete a user’s eDirectory account but not his or her GroupWise account, the
user’s GroupWise information is retained as a GroupWise External User object in the GroupWise
database and can be viewed in the GroupWise View. You can then associate the GroupWise External
User object with another eDirectory User object. In essence, you are moving the GroupWise
information from one eDirectory User object to another.

In some circumstances, it is possible for the link between an eDirectory User object and its
GroupWise information to be lost. If this occurs, the GroupWise information, which still exists in
the GroupWise database, appears as a GroupWise External User object in the GroupWise View. You
can use the Associate Objects utility to reassociate the GroupWise information with the eDirectory
User object.

The Associate Objects utility can be used to associate the following objects:

 GroupWise User or External User objects with eDirectory User objects

 GroupWise External Entity objects with eDirectory External Entity objects

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Associating GroupWise User or External User Objects with eDirectory User Objects

1 In the GroupWise View in ConsoleOne, select the GroupWise User or External User object you

want.

or

In the eDirectory View, select the eDirectory User object you want.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Associate Objects.

3 If you selected a GroupWise User or External User object in Step 1, select the eDirectory User

object you want to associate with it.

or

If you selected an eDirectory User object in Step 1, select the GroupWise User object you want
to associate with it.

4 Click OK to create the association.

If the eDirectory User object is already associated with another GroupWise object, you receive
a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the eDirectory User object is associated
with the selected GroupWise object and its association with the other GroupWise object is
removed.

If the GroupWise User or External User object is already associated with another eDirectory
User object, you receive a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the GroupWise
User object is associated with the selected eDirectory object and its association with the other
eDirectory object is removed.

Associating GroupWise External Entity Objects with eDirectory External Entity
Objects

1 In the GroupWise View in ConsoleOne, select the GroupWise External Entity object you want.

80 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

or

In the eDirectory View, select the eDirectory External Entity object you want.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Associate Objects.

3 If you selected a GroupWise External Entity object in Step 1, select the eDirectory External

Entity object you want to associate with it.

or

If you selected an eDirectory External Entity object in Step 1, select the GroupWise External
Entity object you want to associate with it.

4 Click OK to create the association.

If the eDirectory External Entity object is already associated with another GroupWise object,
you receive a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the eDirectory External Entity
object is associated with the selected GroupWise object and its association with the other
GroupWise object is removed.

If the GroupWise External Entity object is already associated with another eDirectory External
Entity object, you receive a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the GroupWise
External Entity object is associated with the selected eDirectory object and its association with
the other eDirectory object is removed.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

5.16.4 Disassociate GroupWise Attributes

You can use the Disassociate GroupWise Attributes utility to disassociate GroupWise information
from an eDirectory User object. This results in two separate eDirectory objects:

 The User object, which no longer includes any GroupWise information.

 A GroupWise External User object, which represents the user’s record in the GroupWise

database and is displayed only in the GroupWise View. The External User object allows the
user to continue to have access to GroupWise and also enables you to graft the user record to
another eDirectory User object. For more information, see Section 5.16.1, “Graft GroupWise

Objects,” on page 78.

To disassociate the GroupWise attributes from an eDirectory User object:

1 In ConsoleOne, select the User object whose GroupWise attributes you want to remove.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Disassociate GroupWise

Attributes.

5.16.5 Convert External Entity to User

You can use the Convert External Entity to User utility to convert a GroupWise External Entity
object to an eDirectory User object.

1 In ConsoleOne, select the GroupWise External Entity object that you want to convert to an

eDirectory User object.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Convert External Entity to

User.

3 Click Yes to confirm that you want the conversion performed.

GroupWise Utilities 81

5.16.6 Convert User to External Entity

You can use the Convert User to External Entity utility to convert a User object to a GroupWise
External Entity object.

1 In ConsoleOne, select the User object that you want to convert to an GroupWise External

Entity object.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Convert User to External

Entity.

3 Click Yes to confirm that you want the conversion performed.

5.17 Standalone GroupWise Utilities

Although ConsoleOne provides the primary administrative tool for managing your GroupWise
system, additional standalone utilities are provide to meet specialized needs. These utilities perform
tasks that might need to be performed in environments where ConsoleOne is not available.

 Section 5.17.1, “GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck),” on page 82

 Section 5.17.2, “GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA),” on page 82

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

 Section 5.17.3, “GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW),” on page 82

 Section 5.17.4, “GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP),” on page 83

 Section 5.17.5, “GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY),” on page 83

 Section 5.17.6, “GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN),” on page 83

5.17.1 GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck)

GroupWise Check is a standalone version of the ConsoleOne Mailbox/Library Maintenance utility.
Like the Mailbox/Library Maintenance utility, GroupWise Check checks and repairs GroupWise
user, message, library, and resource databases. However, in addition to checking post office, user,
and library databases, it also checks users’ remote, caching, and archive databases.

For information about using GroupWise Check, see Section 34.1, “GroupWise Check,” on

page 423.

5.17.2 GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA)

The GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA) works with software backup programs to provide
reliable backups of a running GroupWise system on NetWare 5.1.

For information about using GWTSA, see Section 34.2.1, “GroupWise Target Service Agent

(GWTSA) for NetWare 5.1,” on page 435.

5.17.3 GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems
(TSAFSGW)

The GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW) works with software backup
programs to provide reliable backups of a running GroupWise system on NetWare 6.x/OES and
Linux

82 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

For information about using TSAFSGW, see Section 34.2.2, “GroupWise Target Service Agent for

File Systems (TSAFSGW) for NetWare 6.x/OES and Linux,” on page 439.

5.17.4 GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP)

The GroupWise Backup Time Stamp utility (GWTMSTMP) can be used to place a time stamp on a
GroupWise user database to indicate the last time the database was backed up. If a user deletes an
item from his or her mailbox and purges it from the Trash, the item is only deleted from the user’s
database if the time stamp shows that the item would have already been backed up. Otherwise, the
item remains in the user’s database until the database is backed up, at which time it is deleted from
the working database.

For information about using the GroupWise Backup Time Stamp utility, see Section 34.3,

“GroupWise Time Stamp Utility,” on page 448.

5.17.5 GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY)

The GroupWise Database Copy utility (DBCOPY) copies files from a live GroupWise system to a
static location for backup. During the copy process, DBCOPY prevents the files from being
modified, using the same locking mechanism used by other GroupWise programs that access
databases. This ensures that the backed-up versions are consistent with the originals even when large
databases take a substantial amount of time to copy.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

For information about using the GroupWise Database Copy utility, see Section 34.4, “GroupWise

Database Copy Utility,” on page 455.

5.17.6 GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN)

To provide secure communication through an SSL (Secure Socket Layer) connection, the
GroupWise Agents (MTA, POA, and Internet Agent) require access to a server certificate and
private key.

You can use the GroupWise Generate CSR utility (GWCSRGEN) to generate a Certificate Signing
Request (CSR) file and a Private Key file.

The CSR file, which is Base64 encoded, contains the information required for a Certificate
Authority (CA) to issue you a server certificate. This server certificate, when paired with the private
key generated by the GroupWise Generate CSR utility, enables GroupWise agents to use SSL
connections.

For information about SSL and certificates, see Section 71.2, “Server Certificates and SSL

Encryption,” on page 1123.

GroupWise Utilities 83

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

84 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

6

GroupWise Address Book

The GroupWise® Address Book plays a central role in a GroupWise user’s experience with
addressing messages. The default configuration of the GroupWise Address Book is often sufficient
for a typical GroupWise system, but some customization options are available to enable the
GroupWise Address Book to meet user needs.

 Section 6.1, “Customizing Address Book Fields,” on page 85

 Section 6.2, “Controlling Object Visibility,” on page 89

 Section 6.3, “Supporting Messenger Presence Display in GroupWise,” on page 90

 Section 6.4, “Updating Address Book Information,” on page 91

 Section 6.5, “Controlling Address Book Synchronization for Remote Client Users,” on page 91

 Section 6.6, “Enabling Wildcard Addressing,” on page 92

 Section 6.7, “Adding External Users to the GroupWise Address Book,” on page 95

 Section 6.8, “Facilitating Addressing through GroupWise Gateways,” on page 100

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

6

NOTE: In addition to the administrator-controlled changes you can make to the Address Book,
GroupWise users can make individual changes such as creating personal address books, sharing
personal address books, and accessing LDAP address books. For information about the Address
Book functionality available to users, see:

 Using the Address Book in the GroupWise 7 Windows Client User Guide

 Using the Address Book in the GroupWise 7 Cross-Platform Client User Guide

 Using the Address Book in the GroupWise 7 WebAccess Client User Guide

6.1 Customizing Address Book Fields

The GroupWise clients display specific fields in the GroupWise Address Book by default:

Table 6-1 Default Address Book Fields in the GroupWise Clients

Windows Client Cross-Platform Client WebAccess Client

Name
E-Mail Address
Title
Office Phone Number

Name
E-Mail Address
Department
Office Phone Number
Fax Number
User ID
Last Name
First Name

Name
E-Mail Address

GroupWise Address Book

85

NOTE: Address Book fields in the WebAccess client are set permanently and cannot be changed by
you or by client users

Windows and Linux/Mac client users can add more columns to their own Address Book. In the
client, users right-click the Address Book column header, then select a column from the drop-down
list or click More Columns to display a longer list of possible columns.

®

In ConsoleOne

, you can add columns to the list that is displayed in the GroupWise clients when

users click More Columns. This is configured at the domain level.

 Section 6.1.1, “Adding eDirectory Fields to the Address Book,” on page 86

 Section 6.1.2, “Adding LDAP Fields to the Address Book,” on page 87

 Section 6.1.3, “Changing the Default Sort Order,” on page 88

 Section 6.1.4, “Removing Fields from the Address Book,” on page 89

 Section 6.1.5, “Preventing the User Description Field from Displaying in the Address Book,”

on page 89

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

6.1.1 Adding eDirectory Fields to the Address Book

Adding an eDirectory field makes the field available in the GroupWise Address Book when users
click More Columns in the GroupWise client. Users must manually select the columns you add in
ConsoleOne in order to make the available in the GroupWise client.

1 In ConsoleOne, right-click the Domain object whose Address Book you want to modify, then

click Properties.

2 Click GroupWise > Address Book to display the Address Book page.

The Address Book Fields list shows all fields that are available for selection in the Address
Book in the GroupWise client.

The Available Fields list shows additional predefined GroupWise user fields that can be added
to the Address Book. Novell

86 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

®

eDirectoryTM also includes user information that is not associated

to GroupWise user fields. For example, a User object includes Postal Address fields named
City, State, and Zip Code. By default, these fields are not included as GroupWise fields.
However, you can use the Map Additional Fields button to map eDirectory user fields to
GroupWise fields so that they can be displayed in the GroupWise Address Book.

3 To add a field that is not displayed in the Available Fields list, click Map Additional Fields,

select an unmapped Admin-defined field, click Edit, select the eDirectory property to map to
the Admin-defined field, then click OK twice to add it to the Available Fields list.

NOTE: To add fields independent of a specific domain’s Address Book, use Tools >
GroupWise System Operations > Admin-Defined Fields to display the Administrator-Defined

Fields dialog box. The fields defined in this dialog box are available for selection and display in
the Address Book belonging to any domain.

4 In the Available Fields list, select the field you want to make available in the Address Book,

then click the left-arrow to move it to the Address Book Fields list.

5 If the field is an Administrator-defined field and you want to change how the field is labeled in

the Address Book, select the field, click Edit Label, specify a new label in the Address Book
Label field, then click OK.

Administrator-defined fields are marked with an asterisk (*). You can only edit an
Administrator-defined field that is in the Address Book Fields list.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

6 When you are finished, click OK in the Address Book page to save your changes.

6.1.2 Adding LDAP Fields to the Address Book

A number of LDAP fields that are available in ConsoleOne are not listed on the Address Book
property page of the Domain object. These LDAP fields can also be added to the GroupWise
Address Book by making them visible in eDirectory.

1 In ConsoleOne, right-click your Tree object, then click Properties.

2 Select Public, click Assigned Rights, then click Add Property.

GroupWise Address Book 87

In the Add Property dialog box, all capitalized property names sort ahead of all uncapitalized
property names.

3 Select Show All Properties, scroll down to locate the property you want to add to the

GroupWise Address Book, select the property (for example, Title), then click OK.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

4 With the new property highlighted, select Inheritable, then click OK twice to save the new

property settings.

When you return to the Address Book property page of the Domain object, you can select the new
property to display in the GroupWise Address Book, as described in Section 6.1.1, “Adding

eDirectory Fields to the Address Book,” on page 86.

6.1.3 Changing the Default Sort Order

NOTE: The Sort Address Book By field on the Address Book page of the Domain object is obsolete
and no longer affects Address Book sorting in the GroupWise clients.

88 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

6.1.4 Removing Fields from the Address Book

If there are fields in the Address Book that are not used or that you don’t want displayed to users,
you can remove them.

On the Address Book page of the Domain object:

1 In the Address Book Fields list, select the field you want to remove, then click the right-arrow

to move the field to the Available Fields list.

The fields in the Available Fields list are not displayed in the Address Book.

2 Repeat Step 1 to remove additional fields you don’t want to use.

3 Click OK to save your changes.

6.1.5 Preventing the User Description Field from Displaying in
the Address Book

The GroupWise Address Book provides detailed user information as well as e-mail addresses. A
user’s detailed information includes a comments field that displays the information stored in the
User object Description field (User object > General > Identification). If you have included
information in the Description field that you don’t want displayed in the GroupWise Address Book,
you can prevent the field’s contents from being displayed.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

TIP: To view a user’s detailed information, including the comments field, in the Address Book,
select the user’s address, then click View > Details.

On the Address Book page of the Domain object:

1 Enable the Do Not Display User Comments option.

2 Click OK to save your changes.

6.2 Controlling Object Visibility

An object’s visibility determines which post office databases the object’s information is distributed
to. A post office’s users can only see an object’s information in the Address Book if the object’s
information has been distributed to its post office.

Visibility applies to the following objects: user, external user, external entity, resource, external
resource, distribution list, eDirectory group, eDirectory organizational role, and nickname.

IMPORTANT: Unlike the other objects listed above, nicknames that have been distributed to a post
office do not actually appear in the post office’s Address Book. Users must type the nickname’s
address in the message rather than select it from the Address Book.

You can choose from the following visibility levels:

 System: The object is visible in every post office Address Book throughout the system; if

external system synchronization is turned on, it is also available for distribution to other
GroupWise systems. This is the default for users, external users, resources, external resources,
external entities, and nicknames.

GroupWise Address Book 89

 Domain: The object is visible only in the Address Book of the post offices located in the

object’s domain.

 Post Office: The object is visible only in the Address Book of the object’s post office. This is

the default for distribution lists, groups, and organizational roles.

 None: The object is not visible in the Address Book of any post offices.

For information about setting visibility for various GroupWise objects, see:

 Section 14.7.3, “Changing a User’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 238

 Section 16.6.2, “Changing a Resource’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 258

 Section 18.8.2, “Changing a Distribution List’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 274

 Section 19.3, “Changing a Group’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 281

 Section 20.3, “Changing an Organizational Role’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 287

6.3 Supporting Messenger Presence Display in
GroupWise

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

GroupWise and Messenger can be integrated so that Messenger presence information displays in the
GroupWise Windows client. Messenger presence enables users to easily choose instant messaging
as an alternative to e-mail. Messenger presence icons appear in the From field of a received
message, in the Quick Info for users specified in the To, CC, and BC fields of a new message, and in
the Quick Info for users in the Address Book. Messenger presence is enabled by default.

To provide the GroupWise client with the information it needs to display Messenger presence, you
need to modify the configuration of the Address Book for each domain where there are users who
use Messenger.

®

1 In ConsoleOne

2 Click GroupWise > Address Book.

, browse to and right-click the Domain object, then click Properties.

90 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

3 In the Available Fields list, select Distinguished Name, then click the left-arrow to move

Distinguished Name into the Address Book Fields list.

4 Click OK to save your change.

5 After the Address Book is properly configured, use the Client Options feature to enable or

disable Messenger presence on a domain, post office, or user level.

See “Show Messenger Presence” on page 1052.

6.4 Updating Address Book Information

Each post office database includes all the information displayed in the GroupWise Address Book
that is stored in the domain. By keeping the information in the post office, the post office’s users
have quick access to it. Whenever changes are made in eDirectory that affect Address Book
information, the information is replicated to each domain database and each post office database.

If information in a post office’s Address Book is out-of-date or missing, you can synchronize the
missing information with eDirectory or rebuild the post office database to obtain updated
information from the domain.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

 Section 6.4.1, “Synchronizing Information,” on page 91

 Section 6.4.2, “Rebuilding the Post Office Database,” on page 91

6.4.1 Synchronizing Information

The information for each object (user, resource, distribution list, and so forth) in the GroupWise
Address Book is contained in eDirectory. When an object’s information is incorrect in a post office’s
Address Book, you can synchronize the object’s information in the Address Book with the
information stored in eDirectory. This causes the correct information to be replicated to each domain
and post office database in the GroupWise system. For instructions, see Chapter 29, “Synchronizing

Database Information,” on page 395.

6.4.2 Rebuilding the Post Office Database

If the post office Address Book is missing a lot of information, or if you are having other difficulties
with information in the Address Book, you might want to rebuild the post office database. This
causes all information to be replicated to the post office database from the domain database. For
instructions, see Section 26.3, “Rebuilding Domain or Post Office Databases,” on page 381.

6.5 Controlling Address Book Synchronization
for Remote Client Users

Before GroupWise 7, Remote client users received updated system Address Books based on the

Refresh Address Books and Rules Every nn Days setting under Accounts > Mail > Properties >
Advanced. The entire Address Book was downloaded to the Remote client according to the specified

schedule. The downloadable version of the Address Book was created by the POA according to the
schedule described in Section 36.4.3, “Performing Nightly User Upkeep,” on page 513

Starting in GroupWise 7, the POA automatically updates the post office database with changes to the
Address Book as they occur. As a result, whenever a Remote client connects to the GroupWise
system, it automatically downloads any updates to the Address Book that have occurred since the

GroupWise Address Book 91

last time it connected. This means that Remote client users always have an up-to-date Address Book
to work with.

Because the Address Book updates are stored as records in the post office database (wphost.db),
this feature causes the post office database to grow in size as time passes. Therefore, in ConsoleOne,
you can specify the maximum number of days you want to store the incremental update records. The
longer the incremental update records are stored, the larger the post office database becomes, which
can impact available disk space and backup time.

1 Browse to and select a Post Office object, then click Properties.

2 Click GroupWise > Post Office Settings.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

3 In the Max Age for Address Book Updates field, specify the number of days you want to retain

Address Book update records.

The default is 15 days. The maximum number of days is 90.

4 Click OK to save the setting.

Remote client users should not deselect Refresh Address Books and Rules Every nn Days because
rules are still downloaded according to this schedule. Even if users do not want to download their
rules, they still should not deselect this option because it would turn off the Address Book delta
sync. They can, however, set the option to a greater number of days to cause the download of the full
Address Book to occur less frequently.

6.6 Enabling Wildcard Addressing

By default, users address messages by selecting users and distribution lists from the Address Book.
If you enable wildcard addressing, users can send items to all users in a post office, domain,
GroupWise system, or connected GroupWise system by using asterisks (*) as wildcards in e-mail
addresses.

You can limit wildcard addressing to a specific level (system, domain, or post office) or allow
unlimited wildcard addressing. The default is to limit the wildcard addressing to post office only,

92 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

meaning that a user can use wild card addressing to send to all users on his or her post office only.
You can change the default for individual users, post offices, or domains.

When using wildcard addressing, the sender only sees whether the item was delivered to a domain,
post office, or system (by viewing the item’s properties). The properties do not show the individual
usernames or additional statuses. Recipients can reply to the sender only. Reply to All is unavailable.

 Section 6.6.1, “Setting Wildcard Addressing Levels,” on page 93

 Section 6.6.2, “Wildcard Addressing Syntax,” on page 94

NOTE: Wildcard addressing cannot be used for assigning shared folders or shared address books,
granting proxy rights, performing busy searches, or sending routing slips.

6.6.1 Setting Wildcard Addressing Levels

By default, wildcard addressing is enabled at the post office level for all users in your GroupWise
system. You can change the level (post office, domain, or system) or disable wildcard addressing.

Wildcard addressing levels can be applied to a single user, to all users in a post office, or to all users
in a domain.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

To set wildcard addressing defaults:

1 In ConsoleOne, select a Domain, Post Office, or User object.

2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > Client Options to display the GroupWise Client Options

dialog box.

3 Click Send to display the Send Options dialog box.

GroupWise Address Book 93

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

4 In the Wildcard Addressing list, select from the following options:

 Not Allowed: Select this option to disable wildcard addressing.

 Limited to Post Office (Default): Select this option to limit wildcard addressing to the

user’s post office. The user can use wildcard addressing to send items to users in his or her
post office only.

 Limited to Domain: Select this option to limit wildcard addressing to the user’s domain.

The user can use wildcard addressing to send items to users in his or her domain only.

 Limited to System: Select this option to limit wildcard addressing to the user’s

GroupWise system. The user can use wildcard addressing to send items to all users in his
or her system only. This excludes external users (users from other systems) who have been
added to your GroupWise address book.

 Unlimited: Select this option to allow unlimited use of wildcard addressing. The user can

use wildcard addressing to send to all users (including external users and non-visible
users) defined in the GroupWise address book.

5 Click OK to save the changes.

6.6.2 Wildcard Addressing Syntax

The following table shows the syntax that must be used when using wildcard addressing to send
items.

Table 6-2 Wildcard Addressing

Wildcard Addressing Setting To send an item to... Type in the To field...

Limited to Post Office

94 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

All users in your post office *

Wildcard Addressing Setting To send an item to... Type in the To field...

Limited to Domain All users in your post office *

All users in your domain *.*

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

All users in another post office in your
domain

Limited to System All users in your post office *

All users in your domain *.*

All users in another post office in your
domain

All users in a post office in another
domain

All users in another domain *.domain

All users in your GroupWise system *.*.*

Unlimited All users in your post office *

All users in your domain *.*

All users in a different post office in your
domain

All users in a post office in another
domain. You can also use this for
external post offices and external
domains.

All users in a another domain. You can
also use this for external domains.

*.post_office

*.post_office

*.post_office.domain

*.post_office

*.post_office.domain

*.domain

All users in the GroupWise address book
(all users in the same system, all external
users, and all non-visible users)

*.*.*

6.7 Adding External Users to the GroupWise
Address Book

The GroupWise Address Book lists all users that belong to your GroupWise system. When users
receive incoming messages, the senders are added to users’ Frequent Contacts Address Books to
facilitate replying to users who are not included in the GroupWise Address Book. If necessary, you
can configure GroupWise so that external (non-GroupWise) users appear in the GroupWise Address
Book and are therefore available to all GroupWise users.

The following sections help you add non-GroupWise users to the GroupWise Address Book:

 Section 6.7.1, “Creating a Non-GroupWise Domain to Represent the Internet,” on page 96

 Section 6.7.2, “Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain,” on page 96

 Section 6.7.3, “Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an Internet Host,” on

page 98

 Section 6.7.4, “Creating External Users,” on page 100

GroupWise Address Book 95

6.7.1 Creating a Non-GroupWise Domain to Represent the
Internet

1 In ConsoleOne®, right-click GroupWise System (in the left pane), then click New > Non-

GroupWise Domain.

2 Fill in the fields:

Domain Name: Specify a name that has not been used for another domain in your system (for
example, Internet).

Time Zone: This should match the time zone for the Internet Agent. If it does not, select the
correct time zone.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

Link to Domain: Select a domain where the Internet Agent is running.

3 Click OK to create the non-GroupWise domain.

The non-GroupWise domain appears under GroupWise System in the left pane.

4 Continue with Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain.

6.7.2 Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain

After you have created the non-GroupWise domain, you must modify the link between the domain
where the Internet Agent is running and the non-GroupWise domain. This enables the GroupWise
system to route all Internet messages to the MTA of the Internet Agent domain. The MTA can then
route the messages to the Internet Agent, which sends them to the Internet.

To modify the link to the non-GroupWise domain:

1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise Utilities > Link Configuration to display the Link

Configuration tool.

By default, the Link Configuration tool displays the links for the domain that you are currently
connected to.

96 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

2 If the Internet Agent domain is not the currently displayed domain, select it from the list of

domains on the toolbar.

The non-GroupWise domain should be displayed in the Direct column. In the graphic displayed
under step 1, Internet is the non-GroupWise domain.

3 Double-click the non-GroupWise domain to display the Edit Domain Link dialog box.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

NOTE: If you are prompted that the mapped path is empty, click Ye s to dismiss the prompt and
display the Edit Domain Link dialog box.

4 In the Link Type field, select Gateway.

After you select Gateway, the dialog boxes changes to display the settings required for a
gateway link.

5 Fill in the following fields:

GroupWise Address Book 97

Gateway Link: Select the Internet Agent.

Gateway Access String: If you want to specify the conversion format (RFC-822 or MIME) for

messages sent to the domain, include one of the following parameters: -rfc822 or -mime. If you
do not use either of these parameters, the Internet Agent converts messages to the format
specified in its startup file. The default is for MIME conversion (as specified by the Internet
Agent’s /mime startup switch).

Return Link: Leave this field as is. It does not apply to the Internet Agent.

Maximum Send Message Size: If you want to limit the size of messages that the MTA for the

Internet Agent domain passes to the Internet Agent, specify the maximum size. This is applied
to all messages. If you want to limit the size of messages sent by specific users or groups of
users, you can also use the Access Control feature. For details, see Section 47.1, “Controlling

User Access to the Internet,” on page 747.

Delay Message Size: If you want the MTA to delay routing of large messages to the Internet
Agent, specify the message size. Any messages that exceed the message size are assigned a
lower priority by the MTA and are processed after the higher priority messages.

6 Click OK to save the changes.

The non-GroupWise domain is moved from the Direct column to the Gateway column. For a
description of the link symbols in front of the domain names, see the Help in the Link
Configuration tool.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

7 Click the File menu, click Exit, then click Yes to exit the Link Configuration tool and save your

changes.

8 Continue with Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an Internet Host.

6.7.3 Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an
Internet Host

When creating a post office to represent an Internet host, the post office name cannot be identical to
the hostname because the period that separates the hostname components (for example, novell.com)
is not a valid character for post office names. GroupWise reserves the period for its addressing
syntax of user_ID.post_office.domain. Therefore, you should choose a name that is closely related
to the hostname.

98 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide

To create a non-GroupWise post office:

1 In ConsoleOne, right-click the non-GroupWise domain that represents the Internet, then click

New > External Post Office.

2 Fill in the following fields:

Post Office Name: Specify a name to associate the post office with the Internet host. Do not
use the fully-qualified hostname.

Time Zone: Select the time zone in which the Internet host is located.

3 Click OK to create the post office.

The non-GroupWise post office is added under the non-GroupWise domain.

4 Right-click the new non-GroupWise post office, then click Properties.

5 Click GroupWise > Internet Addressing.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

6 If you want to override the GroupWise system allowed address formats, select Override beside

Allowed Address Formats, then select the allowed address formats for this Internet host.

7 Beside Internet Domain Name, select Override, then specify the actual name of the Internet

host that the external post office represents.

8 Click OK to save your changes.

9 Continue with Creating External Users.

GroupWise Address Book 99

6.7.4 Creating External Users

By creating external users, you add them to the GroupWise Address Book for easy selection by
GroupWise users when addressing messages.

To add an Internet user to a post office:

1 In ConsoleOne, right-click the post office that represents the user’s Internet host, then click

New > External User.

2 In the User Name field, specify the exact user portion of the user’s Internet address. If the

address is [e-mail], the portion you would specify is jsmith.

3 Click OK to create the external user.

novdocx (en) 10 March 2008

4 Provide personal information about the external user:

4a Right-click the new External User object.

4b Fill in the desired fields on the Identification page.

Because the user is displayed in the GroupWise Address Book, you might want to define
the user’s first name and last name. This is especially important if the allowed address
formats for the Internet host include first name and last name information.

4c Click OK to save the user’s personal information.

If you have only a few users on some Internet hosts, you can create a single external post office for
these users, then define their Internet domain names on the Identification pages of the External User
objects instead of on the External Post Office object.

6.8 Facilitating Addressing through GroupWise
Gateways

Current GroupWise Gateways, such as the GroupWise Gateway 2.0 for Microsoft* Exchange and
the GroupWise Gateway 3.0 for Lotus Notes*, provide convenient addressing features for users on
both sides of the gateway. Earlier GroupWise gateways made use of addressing rules to simplify
addressing through the gateway. Setting up addressing rules is not necessary for current GroupWise
gateways.

Addressing rules let you search for text in an address and replace it with other text. Addressing rules
are created at the system level and enabled by domain. Gateway-specific instructions are available
on the GroupWise Gateways documentation page (http://www.novell.com/documentation/

gwgateways). The following sections provide some general instructions for setting up addressing

rules:

 Section 6.8.1, “Creating an Addressing Rule,” on page 101

 Section 6.8.2, “Enabling an Addressing Rule,” on page 102

100 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide